Commit Graph

66059 Commits

Author SHA1 Message Date
Andrew Lunn
c0e4dadb34 net: dsa: mv88e6xxx: Move forward declaration to where it is needed
Move it out from the middle for the #defines to just before it is
needed.

Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Reviewed-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-02-09 17:11:41 -05:00
Yendapally Reddy Dhananjaya Reddy
bb1a619735 net: phy: Initialize mdio clock at probe function
USB PHYs need the MDIO clock divisor enabled earlier to work.
Initialize mdio clock divisor in probe function. The ext bus
bit available in the same register will be used by mdio mux
to enable external mdio.

Signed-off-by: Yendapally Reddy Dhananjaya Reddy <yendapally.reddy@broadcom.com>
Fixes: ddc24ae1 ("net: phy: Broadcom iProc MDIO bus driver")
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Jon Mason <jon.mason@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-02-09 17:10:23 -05:00
Timur Tabi
038b9404d4 net: qcom/emac: add ethtool support for setting ring parameters
Implement the set_ringparam method, which allows the user to specify
the size of the TX and RX descriptor rings.  The values are constrained
to the limits of the hardware.

Since the driver does not use separate queues for mini or jumbo frames,
attempts to set those values are rejected.

If the interface is already running when the setting is changed, then
the interface is reset.

Signed-off-by: Timur Tabi <timur@codeaurora.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-02-09 17:09:19 -05:00
Timur Tabi
c4e7beea21 net: qcom/emac: add ethtool support for reading hardware registers
Implement the get_regs_len and get_regs ethtool methods.  The driver
returns the values of selected hardware registers.

The make the register offsets known to emac_ethtool, the the register
offset macros are all combined into one header file.  They were
inexplicably and arbitrarily split between two files.

Signed-off-by: Timur Tabi <timur@codeaurora.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-02-09 17:09:19 -05:00
Jon Cooper
e5fbd97764 sfc: configure UDP tunnel offload ports
Implement ndo_udp_tunnel_{add,del} to update the NIC's list of VXLAN and
 GENEVE UDP ports.  Also reset the port list to empty on driver load and
 on driver unload, with appropriate flag set on the unload case.
These port numbers are used for RX inner checksum offload, and in future
 will also be used for TX inner checksum offload and encapsulated TSO.

Signed-off-by: Edward Cree <ecree@solarflare.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-02-09 16:47:53 -05:00
Matthew Slattery
d4e85477cc sfc: update mcdi_pcol definitions for MC_CMD_SET_TUNNEL_ENCAP_UDP_PORTS
Signed-off-by: Edward Cree <ecree@solarflare.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-02-09 16:47:53 -05:00
Jon Cooper
0ca2b46dbb sfc: call mcdi_reboot_detected() when MC reboots during an MCDI command
This function wasn't being called in this particular case when the MC
 reboots. This caused resource reallocations to not be handled properly
 and often ended up disabling the interface.

Signed-off-by: Edward Cree <ecree@solarflare.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-02-09 16:47:53 -05:00
Jon Cooper
8a53140062 sfc: harden driver against MC resets during initial probe
This is mainly to prepare for a future overlay networking patch that
 could cause an MC reset at probe time if the UDP tunnel port list is
 set immediately upon driver load.

Signed-off-by: Edward Cree <ecree@solarflare.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-02-09 16:47:53 -05:00
Jon Cooper
da50ae2eae sfc: set csum_level for encapsulated packets
Set the csum_level for encapsulated packets where the encapsulation
 type, l3 class and l4 class are sets that need it.

Signed-off-by: Edward Cree <ecree@solarflare.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-02-09 16:47:53 -05:00
Jon Cooper
a0ee354148 sfc: process RX event inner checksum flags
Add support for RX checksum offload of encapsulated packets. This
 essentially just means paying attention to the inner checksum flags
 in the RX event, and if *either* checksum flag indicates a fail then
 don't tell the kernel that checksum offload was successful.
Also, count these checksum errors and export the counts to ethtool -S.

Test the most common "good" case of RX events with a single bitmask
 instead of a series of ifs.  Move the more specific error checking
 in to a separate function for clarity, and don't use unlikely() there
 since we know at least one of the bits is bad.

Signed-off-by: Edward Cree <ecree@solarflare.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-02-09 16:47:53 -05:00
Ross Lagerwall
e2e004acc7 xen-netfront: Improve error handling during initialization
This fixes a crash when running out of grant refs when creating many
queues across many netdevs.

* If creating queues fails (i.e. there are no grant refs available),
call xenbus_dev_fatal() to ensure that the xenbus device is set to the
closed state.
* If no queues are created, don't call xennet_disconnect_backend as
netdev->real_num_tx_queues will not have been set correctly.
* If setup_netfront() fails, ensure that all the queues created are
cleaned up, not just those that have been set up.
* If any queues were set up and an error occurs, call
xennet_destroy_queues() to clean up the napi context.
* If any fatal error occurs, unregister and destroy the netdev to avoid
leaving around a half setup network device.

Signed-off-by: Ross Lagerwall <ross.lagerwall@citrix.com>
Reviewed-by: Boris Ostrovsky <boris.ostrovsky@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-02-09 16:43:01 -05:00
Stefan Brüns
764895d303 sierra_net: Skip validating irrelevant fields for IDLE LSIs
When the context is deactivated, the link_type is set to 0xff, which
triggers a warning message, and results in a wrong link status, as
the LSI is ignored.

Signed-off-by: Stefan Brüns <stefan.bruens@rwth-aachen.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-02-09 16:41:43 -05:00
Stefan Brüns
5a70348e11 sierra_net: Add support for IPv6 and Dual-Stack Link Sense Indications
If a context is configured as dualstack ("IPv4v6"), the modem indicates
the context activation with a slightly different indication message.
The dual-stack indication omits the link_type (IPv4/v6) and adds
additional address fields.
IPv6 LSIs are identical to IPv4 LSIs, but have a different link type.

Signed-off-by: Stefan Brüns <stefan.bruens@rwth-aachen.de>
Reviewed-by: Bjørn Mork <bjorn@mork.no>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-02-09 16:41:43 -05:00
Vineeth Remanan Pillai
538d92912d xen-netfront: Rework the fix for Rx stall during OOM and network stress
The commit 90c311b0ee ("xen-netfront: Fix Rx stall during network
stress and OOM") caused the refill timer to be triggerred almost on
all invocations of xennet_alloc_rx_buffers for certain workloads.
This reworks the fix by reverting to the old behaviour and taking into
consideration the skb allocation failure. Refill timer is now triggered
on insufficient requests or skb allocation failure.

Signed-off-by: Vineeth Remanan Pillai <vineethp@amazon.com>
Fixes: 90c311b0ee (xen-netfront: Fix Rx stall during network stress and OOM)
Reported-by: Boris Ostrovsky <boris.ostrovsky@oracle.com>
Reviewed-by: Boris Ostrovsky <boris.ostrovsky@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-02-09 16:34:05 -05:00
Florian Fainelli
6d9f66ac7f net: phy: Fix PHY module checks and NULL deref in phy_attach_direct()
The Generic PHY drivers gets assigned after we checked that the current
PHY driver is NULL, so we need to check a few things before we can
safely dereference d->driver. This would be causing a NULL deference to
occur when a system binds to the Generic PHY driver. Update
phy_attach_direct() to do the following:

- grab the driver module reference after we have assigned the Generic
  PHY drivers accordingly, and remember we came from the generic PHY
  path

- update the error path to clean up the module reference in case the
  Generic PHY probe function fails

- split the error path involving phy_detacht() to avoid double free/put
  since phy_detach() does all the clean up

- finally, have phy_detach() drop the module reference count before we
  call device_release_driver() for the Generic PHY driver case

Fixes: cafe8df8b9 ("net: phy: Fix lack of reference count on PHY driver")
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-02-09 16:22:12 -05:00
Juergen Gross
5584ea250a xen: modify xenstore watch event interface
Today a Xenstore watch event is delivered via a callback function
declared as:

void (*callback)(struct xenbus_watch *,
                 const char **vec, unsigned int len);

As all watch events only ever come with two parameters (path and token)
changing the prototype to:

void (*callback)(struct xenbus_watch *,
                 const char *path, const char *token);

is the natural thing to do.

Apply this change and adapt all users.

Cc: konrad.wilk@oracle.com
Cc: roger.pau@citrix.com
Cc: wei.liu2@citrix.com
Cc: paul.durrant@citrix.com
Cc: netdev@vger.kernel.org

Signed-off-by: Juergen Gross <jgross@suse.com>
Reviewed-by: Paul Durrant <paul.durrant@citrix.com>
Reviewed-by: Wei Liu <wei.liu2@citrix.com>
Reviewed-by: Roger Pau Monné <roger.pau@citrix.com>
Reviewed-by: Boris Ostrovsky <boris.ostrovsky@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: Boris Ostrovsky <boris.ostrovsky@oracle.com>
2017-02-09 11:26:49 -05:00
Varun Prakash
bdec518874 target/cxgbit: Use T6 specific macro to set the force bit
For T6 adapters use T6 specific macro to set the force bit.

Signed-off-by: Varun Prakash <varun@chelsio.com>
Signed-off-by: Bart Van Assche <bart.vanassche@sandisk.com>
Signed-off-by: Nicholas Bellinger <nab@linux-iscsi.org>
2017-02-09 00:39:05 -08:00
Bart Van Assche
5cadafb236 target/cxgbit: Fix endianness annotations
This patch does not change any functionality but avoids that sparse
complains about endianness.

Signed-off-by: Bart Van Assche <bart.vanassche@sandisk.com>
Acked-by: Varun Prakash <varun@chelsio.com>
Signed-off-by: Nicholas Bellinger <nab@linux-iscsi.org>
2017-02-09 00:39:05 -08:00
Thanneeru Srinivasulu
075ad765ef net: thunderx: Fix PHY autoneg for SGMII QLM mode
This patch fixes the case where there is no phydev attached
to a LMAC in DT due to non-existance of a PHY driver or due
to usage of non-stanadard PHY which doesn't support autoneg.
Changes dependeds on firmware to send correct info w.r.t
PHY and autoneg capability.

This patch also covers a case where a 10G/40G interface is used
as a 1G with convertors with Cortina PHY in between.

Signed-off-by: Thanneeru Srinivasulu <tsrinivasulu@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: Sunil Goutham <sgoutham@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-02-08 15:47:37 -05:00
Ido Schimmel
df6dd79be8 mlxsw: spectrum_router: Don't reflect LINKDOWN nexthops
The kernel resolves the nexthops for a given route using
FIB_LOOKUP_IGNORE_LINKSTATE which means a notification can be sent for a
route with one of its nexthops being LINKDOWN.

In case IGNORE_ROUTES_WITH_LINKDOWN is set for the nexthop netdev, then
we shouldn't reflect the nexthop to the device's table.

Once the nexthop netdev's carrier goes up we'll be notified using NH_ADD
and reflect it to the device.

Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-02-08 15:43:59 -05:00
Ido Schimmel
9665b74562 mlxsw: spectrum_router: Flush resources when RIF is deleted
When the last IP address is removed from a netdev, its RIF is deleted.
However, if user didn't first remove neighbours and nexthops using this
interface, then they would still be present in the device's tables.

Therefore, whenever a RIF is deleted, make sure all the neighbours and
nexthops (adjacency entries) using it are removed from the relevant
tables as well.

The action associated with any route using this RIF would be refreshed,
most likely to trap. If the kernel decides to remove the route (f.e.,
because all the nexthops are now DEAD), then an event would be sent,
causing the route to be removed from the device.

Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-02-08 15:25:19 -05:00
Ido Schimmel
ad178c8eef mlxsw: spectrum_router: Reflect nexthop status changes
When a packet hits a multipath route in the device's routing table, a
hash is computed over its headers, which is then used to select the
appropriate nexthop from the device's adjacency table.

There are situations in which the kernel removes a nexthop from a
multipath route (e.g., no carrier) and the device should do the same.

Upon the reception of NH_{ADD,DEL} events, add or remove a nexthop from
the device's adjacency table and refresh all the routes using the
nexthop group. If all the nexthops of a multipath route are invalid,
then any packet hitting the route would be trapped to the CPU for
forwarding.

If all the nexthops are DEAD, then the kernel would remove the route
entirely. On the other hand, if all the nexthops are merely LINKDOWN,
then the kernel would keep the route and forward any incoming packet
using a different route.

While the last case might sound like a problem, it's expected that a
routing daemon running in user space would remove such a route from the
FIB as it's dumped with the DEAD flag set.

Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-02-08 15:25:18 -05:00
Ido Schimmel
70ad35067c mlxsw: spectrum_router: Use trap action only for some route types
The device can have one of three actions associated with a route:

1) Remote - packets continue to the adjacency table
2) Local - packets continue to the neighbour table
3) Trap - packets continue to the CPU

The first two actions can also trap packets to the CPU, but they do so
using a different trap ID, which has a lower traffic class and less
allotted bandwidth.

We currently use the third action for both RTN_{LOCAL,BROADCAST} routes
and RTN_UNICAST routes not pointing to the switch ports.

However, packets that merely need to be forwarded by the switch are
likely not control packets and can be therefore scheduled towards the
CPU using a lower traffic class.

Achieve the above by assigning the third action only to local and
broadcast routes and have any other route use either of the first two
actions, based on whether the route is gatewayed or not.

This will also allow us to refresh routes using the local action and
have them trap packets when their RIF is no longer valid following a
NH_DEL event.

One side effect of this patch is that we no longer give special
treatment to multipath routes using both switch and non-switch ports
towards their nexthops. If at least one of the nexthops can be resolved,
then the device will forward the packets instead of trapping them.

Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-02-08 15:25:18 -05:00
Ido Schimmel
4b41147751 mlxsw: spectrum_router: Determine offload status using generic function
The previous patch introduced a generic function to determine whether a
route should be offloaded or not. Make use of it here.

In the future we're going to add more conditions to this test (e.g.,
whether TOS is non-zero), so it makes sense to centralize it instead of
open coding it in a few places.

Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-02-08 15:25:18 -05:00
Ido Schimmel
013b20f953 mlxsw: spectrum_router: More accurately set offload flag
We currently set the RTNH_F_OFFLOAD flag for all routes using remote
action, but this isn't always correct. If none of the nexthops
associated with a gatewayed route can be offloaded into the device, then
any packet hitting it would be trapped to the CPU and forwarded by the
kernel.

Solve this by pushing the setting of the offload flag to after the route
was programmed into the device, thereby allowing us to take all the
parameters into account.

This change will also help us further in the patchset, when we refresh
routes following the reception of NH_{ADD,DEL} events.

Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-02-08 15:25:17 -05:00
Ido Schimmel
a8c9701427 mlxsw: spectrum_router: Refactor nexthop init routine
The nexthop init and de-init functions both have symmetric parts
concerned with the reflection of the neighbour entry into the device's
adjacency table, in case it's used by a gatewayed route.

These sections of code also need to be called when a nexthop is marked
as valid / invalid following NH_{ADD,DEL} events. Break these out into
appropriate functions, so that they could be invoked following the
reception of above events.

Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-02-08 15:25:17 -05:00
Ido Schimmel
c8b030774f mlxsw: spectrum_router: Remove FIB info from FIB entry struct
After the previous changes, the FIB info is embedded in every nexthop
group struct, which in turn is embedded in every FIB entry struct.

We can therefore safely remove the FIB info from the entry struct. This
has the added advantage of making the router-related structs more
generic and suitable for use with IPv6 offloads.

Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-02-08 15:25:17 -05:00
Ido Schimmel
b8399a1e5a mlxsw: spectrum_router: Store routes in a more generic way
Up until now, the only FIB entries that were associated with a nexthop
group were routes to remote networks where all the nexthop devices had a
valid router interface (RIF). This is in contrast to the FIB code,
where all the routes are associated with a FIB info. The same design
choice needs to be applied to the driver's cache.

Based on the NH_{ADD,DEL} events which will be added later in the
patchset, we need to be able to change the action (forward / trap)
associated with all the routes using the nexthop group. However, if we
can't link between the nexthop and the routes using it, then the above
is impossible.

Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-02-08 15:25:17 -05:00
Ido Schimmel
b3e8d1ebad mlxsw: spectrum_router: Add gateway indication to nexthop group
The next patch is going to generalize the way in which we store routes.
Instead of attaching a nexthop group only to gatewayed routes, one will
be attached to each route, in a similar way to the way the FIB code
stores its routes.

The above means that any function operating on a nexthop group cannot
assume the group represents only gatewayed nexthops. One such function
is the one that refreshes a nexthop group and updates the adjacency
table following nexthop changes.

For a nexthop group that doesn't represent any gateways this function
would essentially be a NOP, but it would be useful if it did update the
action associated with any route using it. This will allow us to later
consolidate code paths when a nexthop changes following NH_{ADD,DEL}
events.

Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-02-08 15:25:16 -05:00
Ido Schimmel
d55409cb28 mlxsw: spectrum_router: Use nexthop's scope to set action type
We currently use the scope of the FIB info to distinguish between a
direct unicast route and a gatewayed one. However, the kernel is
perfectly happy to configure a route with scope UNIVERSE to a directly
connected network.

Instead, we can rely on the first nexthop's scope to check if the route
is gatewayed or not.

Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-02-08 15:25:16 -05:00
Ido Schimmel
c53b8e1b5a mlxsw: spectrum_router: Store nexthops in a hash table
Later in the patchset we'll add the NH_{ADD,DEL} events which will let
us know when a nexthop is considered to be dead. Based on these events
we need to be able to add or remove the nexthop from the device's
tables.

Therefore, store the private nexthop structs in a hash table and use the
kernel's fib_nh struct as the key, so that we'll be able to easily find
them when the events are received.

Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-02-08 15:25:16 -05:00
Ido Schimmel
e9ad5e7d8d mlxsw: spectrum_router: Store nexthop groups in a hash table
Currently, when we're notified about a new RTN_UNICAST route we perform
a lookup on the nexthop group list looking for a group with a matching
configuration to that found in the FIB info. This is quite inefficient.

Instead, we can simply rely on the kernel to consolidate several FIB
configurations into the same FIB info and use the FIB info as the key
for our private nexthop group struct.

Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-02-08 15:25:15 -05:00
Ido Schimmel
e58be79e2d mlxsw: spectrum_router: Nullify nexthop's neigh pointer
When we invalidate a nexthop we should also invalidate its neighbour
entry pointer as it might be destroyed later on. This makes the nexthop
de-init function symmetric with its init and also ensures nobody will
try to access the neighbour entry.

Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-02-08 15:25:15 -05:00
Jiri Pirko
b05d0cfa19 mlxsw: acl: Fix mlxsw_afa_block_commit error path
No rollback is needed since the chain is in consistent state and
mlxsw_afa_block_destroy() will take care of putting it away. So remove
the one we have now which is wrong. Also move the set of 'finished' flag
to the beginning of the function, because the block is certainly unusable
for future action addition no matter if the function succeeds or not.

Reported-by: Dan Carpenter <dan.carpenter@oracle.com>
Fixes: 4cda7d8d70 ("mlxsw: core: Introduce flexible actions support")
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Acked-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-02-08 15:13:44 -05:00
LABBE Corentin
a6a3e026f0 net: stmmac: replace unsigned by u32
checkpatch complains about two unsigned without type after.
Since the value return is u32, it is simpler to replace it by u32 instead
of "unsigned int"

Signed-off-by: Corentin Labbe <clabbe.montjoie@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Giuseppe Cavallaro <peppe.cavallaro@st.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-02-08 15:11:27 -05:00
LABBE Corentin
64679e565a net: stmmac: remove unused variable in sysfs_display_ring
The u64 x variable in sysfs_display_ring is unused.
This patch remove it.

Signed-off-by: Corentin Labbe <clabbe.montjoie@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Giuseppe Cavallaro <peppe.cavallaro@st.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-02-08 15:11:27 -05:00
LABBE Corentin
732fe78c07 net: stmmac: remove dead code in stmmac_tx_clean
Since commit cf32deec16 ("stmmac: add tx_skbuff_dma to save descriptors used by PTP"),
the struct dma_desc *p in stmmac_tx_clean was not used at all.

This patch remove this dead code.

Signed-off-by: Corentin Labbe <clabbe.montjoie@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Giuseppe Cavallaro <peppe.cavallaro@st.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-02-08 15:11:26 -05:00
LABBE Corentin
b05c76a1f8 net: stmmac: print phy information
When a PHY is found, printing which one was found (and which type/model) is
a good information to know.

Signed-off-by: Corentin Labbe <clabbe.montjoie@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Giuseppe Cavallaro <peppe.cavallaro@st.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-02-08 15:11:26 -05:00
LABBE Corentin
e0a76606d6 net: stmmac: rename rx_crc to rx_crc_errors
The ethtool stat counter rx_crc from stmmac is mis-named, the name
seems to speak about the number of RX CRC done, but in fact it is about
errors.

This patch rename it to rx_crc_errors, just like the same ifconfig
counter.

Signed-off-by: Corentin Labbe <clabbe.montjoie@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Giuseppe Cavallaro <peppe.cavallaro@st.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-02-08 15:11:26 -05:00
LABBE Corentin
662ec2b7e8 net: stmmac: Rewrite two test against NULL value
This patch rewrite two test against NULL value with correct style.

Signed-off-by: Corentin Labbe <clabbe.montjoie@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Giuseppe Cavallaro <peppe.cavallaro@st.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-02-08 15:11:25 -05:00
LABBE Corentin
cba920affb net: stmmac: Correct the error message about invalid speed
The message about invalid speed does not state 1000 as a valid speed.
It is much simpler to said that the speed is invalid.

Signed-off-by: Corentin Labbe <clabbe.montjoie@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Giuseppe Cavallaro <peppe.cavallaro@st.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-02-08 15:11:25 -05:00
LABBE Corentin
b2a8315a5c net: stmmac: replace ENOSYS by EINVAL
As said by checkpatch ENOSYS means 'invalid syscall nr' and nothing
else.
This patch replace ENOSYS by the more appropriate value EINVAL.

Signed-off-by: Corentin Labbe <clabbe.montjoie@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Giuseppe Cavallaro <peppe.cavallaro@st.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-02-08 15:11:25 -05:00
LABBE Corentin
8a70aeca80 net: stmmac: Use readl_poll_timeout
The dwmac_dma_reset function use an open coded of readl_poll_timeout().
Replace the open coded handling with the proper function.

Signed-off-by: Corentin Labbe <clabbe.montjoie@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Giuseppe Cavallaro <peppe.cavallaro@st.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-02-08 15:11:25 -05:00
LABBE Corentin
a5f48adc31 net: stmmac: replace stmmac_mdio_busy_wait by readl_poll_timeout
The stmmac_mdio_busy_wait() function do the same job than
readl_poll_timeout().
So is is better to replace it.

Signed-off-by: Corentin Labbe <clabbe.montjoie@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Giuseppe Cavallaro <peppe.cavallaro@st.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-02-08 15:11:24 -05:00
LABBE Corentin
efd89b60a3 net: stmmac: fix some code style problem
Checkpatch complains about some code style problem on stmmac_mdio.c.
This patch fix them.

Signed-off-by: Corentin Labbe <clabbe.montjoie@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Giuseppe Cavallaro <peppe.cavallaro@st.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-02-08 15:11:24 -05:00
LABBE Corentin
bbf8928496 net: stmmac: remplace asm/io.h by linux/io.h
This patch fix the checkpatch warning about asm/io.h.
Sorting all includes in the process.

Signed-off-by: Corentin Labbe <clabbe.montjoie@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-02-08 15:11:24 -05:00
LABBE Corentin
deeb6376ca net: stmmac: remove freesoftware address
This patch fix the checkpatch warning about free software address.

Signed-off-by: Corentin Labbe <clabbe.montjoie@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Giuseppe Cavallaro <peppe.cavallaro@st.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-02-08 15:11:23 -05:00
LABBE Corentin
8d45e42bab net: stmmac: fix some typos in comments
This patch fix some typos in comments.

Signed-off-by: Corentin Labbe <clabbe.montjoie@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Giuseppe Cavallaro <peppe.cavallaro@st.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-02-08 15:11:23 -05:00
LABBE Corentin
6a2cac549b net: stmmac: Remove the bus_setup function pointer
The bus_setup function pointer is not used at all, this patch remove it.

Signed-off-by: Corentin Labbe <clabbe.montjoie@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Giuseppe Cavallaro <peppe.cavallaro@st.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-02-08 15:11:22 -05:00
LABBE Corentin
280892226b net: stmmac: fix the typo on MAC_RNABLE_RX
the define MAC_RNABLE_RX have a typo, rename it to MAC_ENABLE_RX

Signed-off-by: Corentin Labbe <clabbe.montjoie@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Giuseppe Cavallaro <peppe.cavallaro@st.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-02-08 15:11:22 -05:00
Eric Dumazet
97e219b7c1 gro_cells: move to net/core/gro_cells.c
We have many gro cells users, so lets move the code to avoid
duplication.

This creates a CONFIG_GRO_CELLS option.

Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-02-08 14:38:18 -05:00
Philippe Reynes
40710cf9ad net: mellanox: switchx2: use new api ethtool_{get|set}_link_ksettings
The ethtool api {get|set}_settings is deprecated.
We move this driver to new api {get|set}_link_ksettings.

As I don't have the hardware, I'd be very pleased if
someone may test this patch.

Signed-off-by: Philippe Reynes <tremyfr@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Tested-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-02-08 14:35:26 -05:00
Kalle Valo
cbda794cf1 Some patches focusing on bugfixes for v4.11:
* Fix 802.11w, which was failing to due an IGTK bug;
   * A few more bugzilla bug fixes;
   * A channel-switch race condition fix;
   * Some fixes related to suspend/resume with new HW;
   * The RF-kill saga continues;
   * And some other fixes here and there...
 -----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
 
 iQIzBAABCAAdFiEEF3LNfgb2BPWm68smoUecoho8xfoFAlibZVQACgkQoUecoho8
 xfp+EQ/+K1/pgC4XfjifbLVZFHVhTnTVl9Nym2LkLIH7kEQPiTQXUMXlHkQZv546
 ir1neeqKdidqQZlaM0gFpc/DWgiMxWui/e6Va1oegr0ZqcxUNN3+CXo1bTL88kmu
 CTYjPVnjOFRZLxaXt/9wBkJ2ktWNSb8BYeK6Ftj21iX9xyf2xBSCV2En+aB6dhv1
 1UbOLPn8raqubAFn1ZcwEZw2Ems4xyrOlriHNHOzhCsXG+PE0d+OxtxcVcQXF7nu
 lyqVCYgREIz0114MrLTlo5atur2LKLZqfRrkP+fgjsOekgHWMF5yyB9zpoO/TTcQ
 jVpAs2P4q5uDqMRI5BM3qVB7XPt3HDYLpTb1pyf+EL4yR/3NgN4QdB8vzZm32QgN
 0Of97AIlJOkO8FRVhHyI2z6QO6vHBVK+tzyrV1FCTc+ZQYfnj+r3hRYPCCFr/UW8
 2fB3esPiKRD6cXng8fJkFIw79e9erEgOl8hi5IbUG0zVbetDhZrtevjFrDoFzI7E
 X9LSoIcCA6J616T/k6Vi2e40xVq3u5GbYTSg8GvX+TDI0UPfKJrx6AoSImxaPGzh
 ByQ5Ib+xOQo6oZsNy27cw8cDGojWlHp2s0xj7ilgpMOlpmOP5eHlKLE0hkzOhNmg
 Zxv5GD0ar0zEW1jIiR/O0PleUGoLCdID9M2zkeUgcQ6ftB65WVQ=
 =dHzs
 -----END PGP SIGNATURE-----

Merge tag 'iwlwifi-next-for-kalle-2017-02-08' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/iwlwifi/iwlwifi-next

Some patches focusing on bugfixes for v4.11:

  * Fix 802.11w, which was failing to due an IGTK bug;
  * A few more bugzilla bug fixes;
  * A channel-switch race condition fix;
  * Some fixes related to suspend/resume with new HW;
  * The RF-kill saga continues;
  * And some other fixes here and there...
2017-02-08 21:28:36 +02:00
Willem de Bruijn
217e6fa24c net: introduce device min_header_len
The stack must not pass packets to device drivers that are shorter
than the minimum link layer header length.

Previously, packet sockets would drop packets smaller than or equal
to dev->hard_header_len, but this has false positives. Zero length
payload is used over Ethernet. Other link layer protocols support
variable length headers. Support for validation of these protocols
removed the min length check for all protocols.

Introduce an explicit dev->min_header_len parameter and drop all
packets below this value. Initially, set it to non-zero only for
Ethernet and loopback. Other protocols can follow in a patch to
net-next.

Fixes: 9ed988cd59 ("packet: validate variable length ll headers")
Reported-by: Sowmini Varadhan <sowmini.varadhan@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: Willem de Bruijn <willemb@google.com>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Acked-by: Sowmini Varadhan <sowmini.varadhan@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-02-08 13:56:37 -05:00
Wu Fengguang
3c19bd6c52 net: qcom/emac: fix semicolon.cocci warnings
drivers/net/ethernet/qualcomm/emac/emac-ethtool.c:155:49-50: Unneeded semicolon

 Remove unneeded semicolon.

Generated by: scripts/coccinelle/misc/semicolon.cocci

CC: Timur Tabi <timur@codeaurora.org>
Signed-off-by: Fengguang Wu <fengguang.wu@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-02-08 13:38:44 -05:00
Raju Lakkaraju
04d8a0a5f3 net: phy: Add LED mode driver for Microsemi PHYs.
LED Mode:
Microsemi PHY support 2 LEDs (LED[0] and LED[1]) to display different
status information that can be selected by setting LED mode.

LED Mode parameter (vsc8531, led-0-mode) and (vsc8531, led-1-mode) get
from Device Tree.

Signed-off-by: Raju Lakkaraju <Raju.Lakkaraju@microsemi.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-02-08 13:29:04 -05:00
Dan Carpenter
ff4cf0e5ce net: dsa: bcm_sf2: cleanup bcm_sf2_cfp_rule_get() a little
This patch doesn't affect how the code works.

My static checker complains that the mask and shift doesn't make sense
because 0xffffff << 16 goes beyond the end of 32 bits.  It should be
0xffff instead but the existing code won't cause runtime bugs.

Also the casting here is not needed and not consistent with the rest of
the code.

Signed-off-by: Dan Carpenter <dan.carpenter@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-02-08 13:27:06 -05:00
Golan Ben-Ami
0c8d0a4770 iwlwifi: mvm: avoid exceeding the allowed print length
Divide a mfuart related print so it won't exceed the allowed
MAX_MSG_LEN (110 bytes) per print.

Fixes: 19f63c531b ("iwlwifi: mvm: support v2 of mfuart load notification")
Signed-off-by: Golan Ben-Ami <golan.ben.ami@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
2017-02-08 17:54:23 +02:00
Ilan Peer
cd4d23c1ea iwlwifi: mvm: Fix removal of IGTK
When removing an IGTK, iwl_mvm_send_sta_igtk() was
called before station ID was retrieved, so the function
was invoked with an invalid station ID. Fix this by first
getting the station ID.

Bugzilla: https://bugzilla.kernel.org/show_bug.cgi?id=192411
Signed-off-by: Ilan Peer <ilan.peer@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
2017-02-08 17:54:23 +02:00
Goodstein, Mordechay
735a0045f9 iwlwifi: mvm: avoid race condition in ADD_STA.
The race happens when we send ADD_STA(auth->assoc) -> LQ_CMD
between the commands the FW sometimes loses the medium for AUX, and
sends a ndp to the AP and the flow becomes, ADD_STA -> send ndp -> LQ_CMD
the problem is that there's no rates yet defined for sending the ndp and
FW generates an assert.

The fix: change the order of the commands to LQ_CMD -> ADD_STA

Signed-off-by: Mordechay Goodstein <mordechay.goodstein@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
2017-02-08 17:54:22 +02:00
Avraham Stern
b45242c99f iwlwifi: mvm: Fix CSA received immediately after association
The session protection set for association is only removed when
BSS_CHANGED_BEACON_INFO is set and BSS_CHANGED_ASSOC is not set.

However, mac80211 may set both on association (in case a beacon was
already received). In this case, mac80211 will not set
BSS_CHANGED_BEACON_INFO on the next beacons because it has already
notified the beacon change, so the session protection is never removed
(until the session protection ends).

When a CSA is received within this time, the station will fail to
folllow the channel switch because it cannot schedule the time event.

Fix this by removing the session protection when
BSS_CHANGED_BEACON_INFO and BSS_CHANGED_ASSOC are both set.

Signed-off-by: Avraham Stern <avraham.stern@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
2017-02-08 17:54:22 +02:00
Golan Ben Ami
2b18824a5d iwlwifi: pcie: set STATUS_RFKILL immediately after interrupt
Currently, when getting a RFKILL interrupt, the transport enters a flow
in which it stops the device, disables other interrupts, etc. After
stopping the device, the transport resets the hw, and sleeps. During
the sleep, a context switch occurs and host commands are sent by upper
layers (e.g. mvm) to the fw. This is possible since the op_mode layer
and the transport layer hold different mutexes.

Since the STATUS_RFKILL bit isn't set, the transport layer doesn't
recognize that RFKILL was toggled on, and no commands can actually be
sent, so it enqueues the command to the tx queue and sets a timer on
the queue.

After switching context back to stopping the device, STATUS_RFKILL is
set, and then the transport can't send the command to the fw.
This eventually results in a queue hang.

Fix this by setting STATUS_RFKILL immediately when
the interrupt is fired.

Signed-off-by: Golan Ben-Ami <golan.ben.ami@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
2017-02-08 17:54:21 +02:00
Emmanuel Grumbach
43d59a4ce7 iwlwifi: mvm: don't call << operator with a negative value
In https://bugzilla.kernel.org/show_bug.cgi?id=177341 Bob
reported a UBSAN WARNING on rs.c in iwldvm.
Fix the same bug in iwlmvm.

This because
	i = index - 1;
	for (mask = (1 << i); i >= 0; i--, mask >>= 1)

is unsafe: i could be negative and hence we can call <<
on a negative value.
This bug doesn't have any real impact since the condition
of the for loop will prevent any usage of mask.

Bugzilla: https://bugzilla.kernel.org/show_bug.cgi?id=177341
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
2017-02-08 17:54:21 +02:00
Emmanuel Grumbach
1aa0ec5cdf iwlwifi: dvm: don't call << operator with a negative value
In https://bugzilla.kernel.org/show_bug.cgi?id=177341 Bob
reported a UBSAN WARNING on rs.c.

Undefined behaviour in drivers/net/wireless/intel/iwlwifi/dvm/rs.c:746:18

This because
	i = index - 1;
	for (mask = (1 << i); i >= 0; i--, mask >>= 1)

is unsafe: i could be negative and hence we can call <<
on a negative value.
This bug doesn't have any real impact since the condition
of the for loop will prevent any usage of mask.

Bugzilla: https://bugzilla.kernel.org/show_bug.cgi?id=177341
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
2017-02-08 17:54:20 +02:00
Emmanuel Grumbach
6eac0e817a iwlwifi: make RTPM depend on EXPERT
Enabling the RTPM Kconfig option can be fairly risky.
Runtime PM must be validated against a specific platform
before it can be safely enabled. Hence, it makes no sense
for distros and other big OS vendors to enable it since
they ship code to various systems and unknown platform.

Make sure that this is hinted properly by making the
IWLWIFI_PCIE_RTPM Kconfig option depend on EXPERT.

Bugzilla: https://bugzilla.kernel.org/show_bug.cgi?id=172411
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
2017-02-08 17:54:20 +02:00
Emmanuel Grumbach
04fa3e680b iwlwifi: pcie: don't increment / decrement a bool
David reported that the code I added uses the decrement
and increment operator on a boolean variable.

Fix that.

Fixes: 0cd58eaab1 ("iwlwifi: pcie: allow the op_mode to block the tx queues")
Reported-by: David Binderman <dcb314@hotmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
2017-02-08 17:54:09 +02:00
Kalle Valo
514612fc44 Merge ath-next from git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/kvalo/ath.git
ath.git patches for 4.11. Major changes:

ath10k

* add debugfs file peer_debug_trigger for debugging firmware
2017-02-08 17:46:02 +02:00
Stanislaw Gruszka
cf81db30a6 rt2x00: remove queue_entry from skbdesc
queue_entry field of skbdesc is not read any more, remove it to allow
skbdesc contain other data.

Signed-off-by: Stanislaw Gruszka <sgruszka@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
2017-02-08 17:30:20 +02:00
Stanislaw Gruszka
2ceb813798 rt2x00: call entry directly in rt2x00_dump_frame
Signed-off-by: Stanislaw Gruszka <sgruszka@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
2017-02-08 17:30:19 +02:00
Stanislaw Gruszka
80a97eae30 rt61pci: use entry directly
Signed-off-by: Stanislaw Gruszka <sgruszka@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
2017-02-08 17:30:19 +02:00
Stanislaw Gruszka
0488a6121d rt2x00usb: fix anchor initialization
If device fail to initialize we can OOPS in rt2x00lib_remove_dev(), due
to using uninitialized usb_anchor structure:

[  855.435820] ieee80211 phy3: rt2x00usb_vendor_request: Error - Vendor Request 0x07 failed for offset 0x1000 with error -19
[  855.435826] ieee80211 phy3: rt2800_probe_rt: Error - Invalid RT chipset 0x0000, rev 0000 detected
[  855.435829] ieee80211 phy3: rt2x00lib_probe_dev: Error - Failed to allocate device
[  855.435845] BUG: unable to handle kernel NULL pointer dereference at 0000000000000028
[  855.435900] IP: _raw_spin_lock_irq+0xd/0x30
[  855.435926] PGD 0
[  855.435953] Oops: 0002 [#1] SMP
<snip>
[  855.437011] Call Trace:
[  855.437029]  ? usb_kill_anchored_urbs+0x27/0xc0
[  855.437061]  rt2x00lib_remove_dev+0x190/0x1c0 [rt2x00lib]
[  855.437097]  rt2x00lib_probe_dev+0x246/0x7a0 [rt2x00lib]
[  855.437149]  ? ieee80211_roc_setup+0x9e/0xd0 [mac80211]
[  855.437183]  ? __kmalloc+0x1af/0x1f0
[  855.437207]  ? rt2x00usb_probe+0x13d/0xc50 [rt2x00usb]
[  855.437240]  rt2x00usb_probe+0x155/0xc50 [rt2x00usb]
[  855.437273]  rt2800usb_probe+0x15/0x20 [rt2800usb]
[  855.437304]  usb_probe_interface+0x159/0x2d0
[  855.437333]  driver_probe_device+0x2bb/0x460

Patch changes initialization sequence to fix the problem.

Cc: Vishal Thanki <vishalthanki@gmail.com>
Fixes: 8b4c000931 ("rt2x00usb: Use usb anchor to manage URB")
Signed-off-by: Stanislaw Gruszka <sgruszka@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
2017-02-08 17:29:24 +02:00
Stanislaw Gruszka
93c7018ec1 rt2x00usb: do not anchor rx and tx urb's
We might kill TX or RX urb during rt2x00usb_flush_entry(), what can
cause anchor list corruption like shown below:

[ 2074.035633] WARNING: CPU: 2 PID: 14480 at lib/list_debug.c:33 __list_add+0xac/0xc0
[ 2074.035634] list_add corruption. prev->next should be next (ffff88020f362c28), but was dead000000000100. (prev=ffff8801d161bb70).
<snip>
[ 2074.035670] Call Trace:
[ 2074.035672]  [<ffffffff813bde47>] dump_stack+0x63/0x8c
[ 2074.035674]  [<ffffffff810a2231>] __warn+0xd1/0xf0
[ 2074.035676]  [<ffffffff810a22af>] warn_slowpath_fmt+0x5f/0x80
[ 2074.035678]  [<ffffffffa073855d>] ? rt2x00usb_register_write_lock+0x3d/0x60 [rt2800usb]
[ 2074.035679]  [<ffffffff813dbe4c>] __list_add+0xac/0xc0
[ 2074.035681]  [<ffffffff81591c6c>] usb_anchor_urb+0x4c/0xa0
[ 2074.035683]  [<ffffffffa07322af>] rt2x00usb_kick_rx_entry+0xaf/0x100 [rt2x00usb]
[ 2074.035684]  [<ffffffffa0732322>] rt2x00usb_clear_entry+0x22/0x30 [rt2x00usb]

To fix do not anchor TX and RX urb's, it is not needed as during
shutdown we kill those urbs in rt2x00usb_free_entries().

Cc: Vishal Thanki <vishalthanki@gmail.com>
Fixes: 8b4c000931 ("rt2x00usb: Use usb anchor to manage URB")
Signed-off-by: Stanislaw Gruszka <sgruszka@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
2017-02-08 17:29:23 +02:00
Larry Finger
d5efe1535a rtlwifi: Move items out of rtl_pci_priv and rtl_usb_priv
In commit 6773386f97 ("rtlwifi: rtl8192c-common: Fix "BUG: KASAN:"),
a BUG detected when CONFIG_KASAN=y was fixed by reordering the layouts
of struct rtl_pci_priv, and struct rtl_usb_priv so that the variables
used by both PCI and USB drivers have the same offsets in both structs.
The better fix of relocating the critical variables into struct rtl_priv
was deferred as these changes do not have to be applied to stable
kernels.

This change also removes CamelCase variables with pLed0 => pled0.

Signed-off-by: Larry Finger <Larry.Finger@lwfinger.net>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
2017-02-08 17:24:42 +02:00
Rafał Miłecki
d063055565 brcmfmac: merge two remaining brcmf_err macros
Now we always have __brcmf_err function we can do perfectly fine with
just one macro.

Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
Acked-by: Arend van Spriel <arend.vanspriel@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
2017-02-08 17:23:39 +02:00
Rafał Miłecki
087fa712a0 brcmfmac: switch to C function (__brcmf_err) for printing errors
This will allow extending code and using more detailed messages e.g.
with the help of dev_err.

Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
Acked-by: Arend van Spriel <arend.vanspriel@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
2017-02-08 17:23:39 +02:00
Rafał Miłecki
9587a01a7e brcmfmac: merge two brcmf_err macros into one
This allows simplifying the code by adding a simple IS_ENABLED check for
CONFIG_BRCMDB symbol.

Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
Acked-by: Arend van Spriel <arend.vanspriel@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
2017-02-08 17:23:38 +02:00
Johannes Berg
5524ddd4c1 ath10k: select WANT_DEV_COREDUMP
This is necessary so that - if ath10k is the only driver using
dev_coredump*() - the functionality is built into the kernel.

Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-02-08 17:01:53 +02:00
Johannes Berg
949c2d0096 wil6210: include moduleparam.h
This now declares a module parameter, so include the necessary
header file for that.

Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-02-08 17:01:12 +02:00
Waldemar Rymarkiewicz
dab55d1083 ath10k: remove unneeded semicolon
Remove redundant semicolon after switch statement.

Signed-off-by: Waldemar Rymarkiewicz <ext.waldemar.rymarkiewicz@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-02-08 17:00:31 +02:00
Emmanuel Grumbach
d45cb20e12 iwlwifi: mvm: use the PROBE_RESP_QUEUE to send deauth to unknown station
When we send a deauth to a station we don't know about, we
need to use the PROBE_RESP queue. This can happen when we
send a deauth to a station that is not associated to us.

Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
2017-02-08 12:55:32 +02:00
Sara Sharon
5351f9ab25 iwlwifi: mvm: fix reorder timer re-arming
When NSSN is behind the reorder buffer due to timeout
the reorder timer isn't getting re-armed until NSSN
catches up. Fix it.

Fixes: 0690405fef ("iwlwifi: mvm: add reorder timeout per frame")

Signed-off-by: Sara Sharon <sara.sharon@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
2017-02-08 12:55:32 +02:00
Sara Sharon
c56108b58a iwlwifi: mvm: fix references to first_agg_queue in DQA mode
In DQA mode, first_agg_queue is initialized to
IWL_MVM_DQA_MIN_DATA_QUEUE. This causes two bugs in the tx response
flow:

1. When TX fails, we set IEEE80211_TX_STAT_AMPDU_NO_BACK regardless
   if we actually have aggregation open on the queue. This causes
   mac80211 to send a BAR frame even though there is no aggregation
   open.
   Fix that by simply checking the AMPDU flag that is set on by
   mac80211 for AMPDU packets.

2. When reclaiming frames in aggregation mode, we reclaim based on
   scheduler ssn and not the SN.
   The reason is that scheduler ssn may be ahead of SN due to a hole
   in the BA window that was filled.
   However, if we have aggregations open on IWL_MVM_DQA_BSS_CLIENT_QUEUE
   the reclaim flow will still go to the code of non-aggregation
   instead of the aggregation code since IWL_MVM_DQA_BSS_CLIENT_QUEUE
   is smaller than IWL_MVM_DQA_MIN_DATA_QUEUE, although it is a valid
   aggregation queue.
   Fix that by always using the aggregation reclaim code by default in
   DQA mode (currently it is implicitly used by default for all queues
   except the reserved BSS queue).

Fixes: cf961e1662 ("iwlwifi: mvm: support dqa-mode agg on non-shared queue")
Signed-off-by: Sara Sharon <sara.sharon@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
2017-02-08 12:55:31 +02:00
Gregory Greenman
3374c3ab7f iwlwifi: mvm: fix a print of NSS for HT rate
Handling of the number of space time streams was missing for HT rate in
rate printing function. Fix it.

Signed-off-by: Gregory Greenman <gregory.greenman@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
2017-02-08 12:55:31 +02:00
Golan Ben Ami
f4a1f04a3f iwlwifi: pcie: Re-configure IVAR table after stop device
When getting RF_KILL and disabling radio, the device gets stopped
and reset. This erases the IVAR table that matches the interrupt
to its cause, and is essential for MSIX proper functionality.
Till now, the table wasn't re-configured after the reset, and
therefore the interrupt that enabled radio didn't fire on the
right irq, and the driver didn't handle it correctly.

To fix this, configure the IVAR table again after resetting the
device.

Signed-off-by: Golan Ben-Ami <golan.ben.ami@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
2017-02-08 12:55:30 +02:00
Haim Dreyfuss
d7270d619a iwlwifi: pcie: re-configure IVAR table after suspend-resume
During the suspend/resume flow some HW blocks are reset.  This causes
the IVAR table to be completely erased.  This table is where interrupt
causes are bound to specific IRQs.  When the table is empty the
interrupt handlers are not called correctly.  Fix this by reconfiguring
the IVAR table after resume.

Fixes: 2e5d4a8f61 ("iwlwifi: pcie: Add new configuration to enable MSIX")
Signed-off-by: Haim Dreyfuss <haim.dreyfuss@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
2017-02-08 12:55:30 +02:00
Haim Dreyfuss
8373005805 iwlwifi: pcie: separate between SW and HW MSIX configuration
The MSIX configuration flow includes two different stages:
configuring the HW by writing to the IVAR table and configuring the SW
to reflect the HW configuration.
The HW configuration is needed on each HW reset,
whereas the SW configuration is only needed during the init flow.

Signed-off-by: Haim Dreyfuss <haim.dreyfuss@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
2017-02-08 12:55:11 +02:00
Andrzej Zaborowski
bee427b862 cfg80211: Pass new RSSI level in CQM RSSI notification
Update the drivers to pass the RSSI level as a cfg80211_cqm_rssi_notify
parameter and pass this value to userspace in a new nl80211 attribute.
This helps both userspace and also helps in the implementation of the
multiple RSSI thresholds CQM mechanism.

Note for marvell/mwifiex I pass 0 for the RSSI value because the new
RSSI value is not available to the driver at the time of the
cfg80211_cqm_rssi_notify call, but the driver queries the new value
immediately after that, so it is actually available just a moment later
if we wanted to defer caling cfg80211_cqm_rssi_notify until that moment.
Without this, the new cfg80211 code (patch 3) will call .get_station
which will send a duplicate HostCmd_CMD_RSSI_INFO command to the hardware.

Signed-off-by: Andrew Zaborowski <andrew.zaborowski@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2017-02-08 10:43:40 +01:00
Andrzej Zaborowski
769f07d8f0 mac80211: Pass new RSSI level in CQM RSSI notification
Extend ieee80211_cqm_rssi_notify with a rssi_level parameter so that
this information can be passed to netlink clients in the next patch, if
available.  Most drivers will have this value at hand.  wl1251 receives
events from the firmware that only tell it whether latest measurement
is above or below threshold so we don't pass any value at this time
(parameter is 0).

Signed-off-by: Andrew Zaborowski <andrew.zaborowski@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2017-02-08 10:43:04 +01:00
Haim Dreyfuss
7ca00409b5 iwlwifi: pcie: move msix conf functions above other functions
msix configuration functions should be called by other functions.
For example by pcie_d3_resume, move it above to enable it.

Signed-off-by: Haim Dreyfuss <haim.dreyfuss@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
2017-02-08 10:04:09 +02:00
David S. Miller
3efa70d78f Merge git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net
The conflict was an interaction between a bug fix in the
netvsc driver in 'net' and an optimization of the RX path
in 'net-next'.

Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-02-07 16:29:30 -05:00
Felix Manlunas
76e0e70e64 liquidio: do not dereference pointer if it's NULL
Fix smatch errors by not dereferencing iq pointer if it's NULL.

See http://marc.info/?l=kernel-janitors&m=148637299004834&w=2

Reported-by: Dan Carpenter <dan.carpenter@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: Felix Manlunas <felix.manlunas@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-02-07 15:37:43 -05:00
Linus Torvalds
926af6273f Merge git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net
Pull networking fixes from David Miller:

 1) Load correct firmware in rtl8192ce wireless driver, from Jurij
    Smakov.

 2) Fix leak of tx_ring and tx_cq due to overwriting in mlx4 driver,
    from Martin KaFai Lau.

 3) Need to reference count PHY driver module when it is attached, from
    Mao Wenan.

 4) Don't do zero length vzalloc() in ethtool register dump, from
    Stanislaw Gruszka.

 5) Defer net_disable_timestamp() to a workqueue to get out of locking
    issues, from Eric Dumazet.

 6) We cannot drop the SKB dst when IP options refer to them, fix also
    from Eric Dumazet.

 7) Incorrect packet header offset calculations in ip6_gre, again from
    Eric Dumazet.

 8) Missing tcp_v6_restore_cb() causes use-after-free, from Eric too.

 9) tcp_splice_read() can get into an infinite loop with URG, and hey
    it's from Eric once more.

10) vnet_hdr_sz can change asynchronously, so read it once during
    decision making in macvtap and tun, from Willem de Bruijn.

11) Can't use kernel stack for DMA transfers in USB networking drivers,
    from Ben Hutchings.

12) Handle csum errors properly in UDP by calling the proper destructor,
    from Eric Dumazet.

13) For non-deterministic softirq run when scheduling NAPI from a
    workqueue in mlx4, from Benjamin Poirier.

* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net: (28 commits)
  sctp: check af before verify address in sctp_addr_id2transport
  sctp: avoid BUG_ON on sctp_wait_for_sndbuf
  mlx4: Invoke softirqs after napi_reschedule
  udp: properly cope with csum errors
  catc: Use heap buffer for memory size test
  catc: Combine failure cleanup code in catc_probe()
  rtl8150: Use heap buffers for all register access
  pegasus: Use heap buffers for all register access
  macvtap: read vnet_hdr_size once
  tun: read vnet_hdr_sz once
  tcp: avoid infinite loop in tcp_splice_read()
  hns: avoid stack overflow with CONFIG_KASAN
  ipv6: Fix IPv6 packet loss in scenarios involving roaming + snooping switches
  ipv6: tcp: add a missing tcp_v6_restore_cb()
  nl80211: Fix mesh HT operation check
  mac80211: Fix adding of mesh vendor IEs
  mac80211: Allocate a sync skcipher explicitly for FILS AEAD
  mac80211: Fix FILS AEAD protection in Association Request frame
  ip6_gre: fix ip6gre_err() invalid reads
  netlabel: out of bound access in cipso_v4_validate()
  ...
2017-02-07 12:10:57 -08:00
Jiri Pirko
9bcdef3288 spectrum: acl_tcam: Fix catchall prio value
This fixes an issue reported by smatch:
mlxsw_sp_acl_tcam_chunk_create() warn: impossible condition '(priority == (-1)) => (0-u32max == u64max)'

Reported-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Reported-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Reported-by: Dan Carpenter <dan.carpenter@oracle.com>
Fixes: 22a677661f ("mlxsw: spectrum: Introduce ACL core with simple TCAM implementation")
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Acked-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-02-07 14:15:21 -05:00
Dan Carpenter
ee467fbaaf sfc: fix an off by one bug
This bug is harmless because it's just a sanity check and we always
pass valid values for "encap_type" but the test is off by one.

Fixes: 9b41080125 ("sfc: insert catch-all filters for encapsulated traffic")
Signed-off-by: Dan Carpenter <dan.carpenter@oracle.com>
Acked-by: Bert Kenward <bkenward@solarflare.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-02-07 14:00:37 -05:00
Lukasz Majewski
ac6e058b75 net: phy: dp83867: Recover from "port mirroring" N/A MODE4
The DP83867 when not properly bootstrapped - especially with LED_0 pin -
can enter N/A MODE4 for "port mirroring" feature.

To provide normal operation of the PHY, one needs not only to explicitly
disable the port mirroring feature, but as well stop some IC internal
testing (which disables RGMII communication).

To do that the STRAP_STS1 (0x006E) register must be read and RESERVED bit
11 examined. When it is set, the another RESERVED bit (11) at PHYCR
(0x0010) register must be clear to disable testing mode and enable RGMII
communication.

Thorough explanation of the problem can be found at following e2e thread:
"DP83867IR: Problem with RESERVED bits in PHY Control Register (PHYCR) -
Linux driver"

https://e2e.ti.com/support/interface/ethernet/f/903/p/571313/2096954#2096954

Signed-off-by: Lukasz Majewski <lukma@denx.de>
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-02-07 13:59:27 -05:00
Lukasz Majewski
fc6d39c395 net: phy: dp83867: Add lane swapping support in the DP83867 TI's PHY driver
This patch adds support for enabling or disabling the lane swapping (called
"port mirroring" in PHY's CFG4 register) feature of the DP83867 TI's PHY
device.

One use case is when bootstrap configuration enables this feature (because
of e.g. LED_0 wrong wiring) so then one needs to disable it in software
(at u-boot/Linux).

Signed-off-by: Lukasz Majewski <lukma@denx.de>
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-02-07 13:59:27 -05:00
Florian Fainelli
6136c8fe53 net: netcp: Do not clobber PHY link outside of state machine
Calling phy_read_status() means that we may call into
genphy_read_status() which in turn will use genphy_update_link() which
can make changes to phydev->link outside of the state machine's state
transitions. This is an invalid behavior that is now caught as off
811a919135 ("phy state machine: failsafe leave invalid RUNNING state")

Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-02-07 13:48:22 -05:00
Florian Fainelli
482ff9fdc8 net: pxa168_eth: Do not clobber PHY link outside of state machine
Calling phy_read_status() means that we may call into
genphy_read_status() which in turn will use genphy_update_link() which
can make changes to phydev->link outside of the state machine's state
transitions. This is an invalid behavior that is now caught as of
811a919135 ("phy state machine: failsafe leave invalid RUNNING state")

Since we don't have anything special, switch to the generic
phy_ethtool_get_link_ksettings() function now.

Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-02-07 13:48:21 -05:00
Florian Fainelli
1105a2d3b3 net: mv643xx_eth: Do not clobber PHY link outside of state machine
Calling phy_read_status() means that we may call into
genphy_read_status() which in turn will use genphy_update_link() which
can make changes to phydev->link outside of the state machine's state
transitions. This is an invalid behavior that is now caught as of
811a919135 ("phy state machine: failsafe leave invalid RUNNING state")

Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-02-07 13:48:21 -05:00
David S. Miller
501ec18757 mlx5-updates-2017-01-31
This series includes some updates to mlx5 core and ethernet driver.
 
 We got one patch from Or to fix some static checker warnings.
 
 2nd patche from Dan came to add the support for 128B cache line
 in the HCA, which will configures the hardware to use 128B alignment only
 on systems with 128B cache lines, otherwise it will be kept as the current
 default of 64B.
 
 From me three patches to support no inline copy on TX on ConnectX-5 and
 later HCAs.  Starting with two small infrastructure changes and
 refactoring patches followed by two patches to add the actual support for
 both xmit ndo and XDP xmit routines.
 Last patch is a simple fix to return a mistakenly removed pointer from the
 SQ structure, which was remove in previous submission of mlx5 4K UAR.
 
 Saeed.
 -----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
 Version: GnuPG v1
 
 iQEcBAABAgAGBQJYmQKaAAoJEEg/ir3gV/o+RBMH/RGHNw3yPB2MyWo28V3eabw+
 xl/SymiNOUgmq03ULYoc6xJpi9RCya7m/Kyce1M/M1gSz6LXubG2IDw9QsKV8lnc
 +5rwHCKjop6MdR3khsgqvWqGiKfQN0+QON5MjlPZB3/4u8qFcjauhfXpiX9naMO5
 aB/Sm9zRPwRnsEhy2AwPyZqOxe5boZzHqmZxpthIgPMtqbpBYNkTkooljsj/KqXf
 AO3y/mdGykELPF3lIHTE4X9zixx5s6MrlAYX2uGUrAojs2WVIBsq3iXI/J8X9zs/
 lg7to15WoMttR66vRZ120U6tx17OMmoxuAp+bmgZumabi/wDAZGSy5ELbH28WlY=
 =F+t/
 -----END PGP SIGNATURE-----

Merge tag 'mlx5-updates-2017-01-31' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/saeed/linux

Saeed Mahameed says:

====================
mlx5-updates-2017-01-31

This series includes some updates to mlx5 core and ethernet driver.

We got one patch from Or to fix some static checker warnings.

2nd patche from Dan came to add the support for 128B cache line
in the HCA, which will configures the hardware to use 128B alignment only
on systems with 128B cache lines, otherwise it will be kept as the current
default of 64B.

From me three patches to support no inline copy on TX on ConnectX-5 and
later HCAs.  Starting with two small infrastructure changes and
refactoring patches followed by two patches to add the actual support for
both xmit ndo and XDP xmit routines.
Last patch is a simple fix to return a mistakenly removed pointer from the
SQ structure, which was remove in previous submission of mlx5 4K UAR.

Saeed.
====================

Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-02-07 13:44:08 -05:00
Ivan Khoronzhuk
219189e764 net: ethernet: ti: cpsw: remove netif_trans_update
No need to update jiffies in txq->trans_start twice, it's supposed to be
done in netdev_start_xmit() and anyway is re-written. Also, no reason to
update trans time in case of an error.

Signed-off-by: Ivan Khoronzhuk <ivan.khoronzhuk@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-02-07 13:36:53 -05:00
Michael Chan
3841340627 bnxt_en: Add support for XDP_TX action.
Add dedicated transmit function and transmit completion handler for
XDP.  The XDP transmit logic and completion logic are different than
regular TX ring.  The TX buffer is recycled back to the RX ring when
it completes.

v3: Improved the buffer recyling scheme for XDP_TX.

v2: Add trace_xdp_exception().
    Add dma_sync.

Signed-off-by: Michael Chan <michael.chan@broadcom.com>
Tested-by: Andy Gospodarek <gospo@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-02-07 13:31:00 -05:00
Michael Chan
c6d30e8391 bnxt_en: Add basic XDP support.
Add basic ndo_xdp support to setup and query program, configure the NIC
to run in rx page mode, and support XDP_PASS, XDP_DROP, XDP_ABORTED
actions only.

v3: Pass modified offset and length to stack for XDP_PASS.
    Remove Kconfig option.

v2: Added trace_xdp_exception()
    Added dma_syncs.
    Added XDP headroom support.

Signed-off-by: Michael Chan <michael.chan@broadcom.com>
Tested-by: Andy Gospodarek <gospo@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-02-07 13:31:00 -05:00
Michael Chan
fa3e93e86c bnxt_en: Refactor tx completion path.
XDP_TX requires a different function to handle completion.  Add a
function pointer to handle tx completion logic.  Regular TX rings
will be assigned the current bnxt_tx_int() for the ->tx_int()
function pointer.

Signed-off-by: Michael Chan <michael.chan@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-02-07 13:30:59 -05:00
Michael Chan
5f4492493e bnxt_en: Add a set of TX rings to support XDP.
Add logic for an extra set of TX rings for XDP.  If enabled, this
set of TX rings equals the number of RX rings and shares the same
IRQ as the RX ring set.  A new field bp->tx_nr_rings_xdp is added
to keep track of these TX XDP rings.  Adjust all other relevant functions
to handle bp->tx_nr_rings_xdp.

Signed-off-by: Michael Chan <michael.chan@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-02-07 13:30:59 -05:00
Michael Chan
a960dec988 bnxt_en: Add tx ring mapping logic.
To support XDP_TX, we need to add a set of dedicated TX rings, each
associated with the NAPI of an RX ring.  To assign XDP rings and regular
rings in a flexible way, we add a bp->tx_ring_map[] array to do the
remapping.  The netdev txq index is stored in the new field txq_index
so that we can retrieve the netdev txq when handling TX completions.
In this patch, before we introduce XDP_TX, the mapping is 1:1.

v2: Fixed a bug in bnxt_tx_int().

Signed-off-by: Michael Chan <michael.chan@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-02-07 13:30:59 -05:00
Michael Chan
d1e7925e6d bnxt_en: Centralize logic to reserve rings.
Currently, bnxt_setup_tc() and bnxt_set_channels() have similar and
duplicated code to check and reserve rx and tx rings.  Add a new
function bnxt_reserve_rings() to centralize the logic.  This will
make it easier to add XDP_TX support which requires allocating a
new set of TX rings.

Also, the tx ring checking logic in bnxt_setup_msix() can be removed.
The rings have been reserved before hand.

Signed-off-by: Michael Chan <michael.chan@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-02-07 13:30:59 -05:00
Michael Chan
4e5dbbda4c bnxt_en: Use event bit map in RX path.
In the current code, we have separate rx_event and agg_event parameters
to keep track of rx and aggregation events.  Combine these events into
an u8 event mask with different bits defined for different events.  This
way, it is easier to expand the logic to include XDP tx events.

Signed-off-by: Michael Chan <michael.chan@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-02-07 13:30:59 -05:00
Michael Chan
c61fb99cae bnxt_en: Add RX page mode support.
This mode is to support XDP.  In this mode, each rx ring is configured
with page sized buffers for linear placement of each packet.  MTU will be
restricted to what the page sized buffers can support.

Signed-off-by: Michael Chan <michael.chan@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-02-07 13:30:58 -05:00
Michael Chan
b3dba77cf0 bnxt_en: Parameterize RX buffer offsets.
Convert the global constants BNXT_RX_OFFSET and BNXT_RX_DMA_OFFSET to
device parameters.  This will make it easier to support XDP with
headroom support which requires different RX buffer offsets.

Signed-off-by: Michael Chan <michael.chan@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-02-07 13:30:58 -05:00
Michael Chan
745fc05c9d bnxt_en: Add bp->rx_dir field for rx buffer DMA direction.
When driver is running in XDP mode, rx buffers are DMA mapped as
DMA_BIDIRECTIONAL.  Add a field so the code will map/unmap rx buffers
according to this field.

Signed-off-by: Michael Chan <michael.chan@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-02-07 13:30:58 -05:00
Michael Chan
11cd119d31 bnxt_en: Don't use DEFINE_DMA_UNMAP_ADDR to store DMA address in RX path.
To support XDP_TX, we need the RX buffer's DMA address to transmit the
packet.  Convert the DMA address field to a permanent field in
bnxt_sw_rx_bd.

Signed-off-by: Michael Chan <michael.chan@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-02-07 13:30:57 -05:00
Michael Chan
6bb1947439 bnxt_en: Refactor rx SKB function.
Minor refactoring of bnxt_rx_skb() so that it can easily be replaced by
a new function that handles packets in a single page.  Also, use a
function pointer bp->rx_skb_func() to switch to a new function when
we add the new mode in the next patch.

Add a new field data_ptr that points to the packet data in the
bnxt_sw_rx_bd structure.  The original data field is changed to void
pointer so that it can either hold the kmalloc'ed data or a page
pointer.

The last parameter of bnxt_rx_skb() which was the length parameter is
changed to include the payload offset of the packet in the upper 16 bit.
The offset is needed to support the rx page mode and is not used in
this existing function.

v3: Added a new data_ptr parameter to bp->rx_skb_func().  The caller
has the option to modify the starting address of the packet.  This
will be needed when XDP with headroom support is added.

v2: Changed the name of the last parameter to offset_and_len to make the
code more clear.

Signed-off-by: Michael Chan <michael.chan@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-02-07 13:30:57 -05:00
Timur Tabi
b44700e975 net: qcom/emac: add ethool support for setting pause parameters
To support setting the pause parameters, the driver can no longer just
mirror the PHY.  The set_pauseparam feature allows the driver to
force the setting in the MAC, regardless of how the PHY is configured.
This means that we now need to maintain an internal state for pause
frame support, and so get_pauseparam also needs to be updated.

If the interface is already running when the setting is changed, then
the interface is reset.

Note that if the MAC is configured to enable RX pause frame support
(i.e. it transmits pause frames to throttle the other end), but the
PHY is configured to block those frames, then the feature will not work.

Also some buffer size initialization code into emac_init_adapter(),
so that it lives with similar code, including the initializtion of
pause frame support.

Signed-off-by: Timur Tabi <timur@codeaurora.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-02-07 13:18:52 -05:00
Julian Anastasov
4ff0620354 net: add dst_pending_confirm flag to skbuff
Add new skbuff flag to allow protocols to confirm neighbour.
When same struct dst_entry can be used for many different
neighbours we can not use it for pending confirmations.

Add sock_confirm_neigh() helper to confirm the neighbour and
use it for IPv4, IPv6 and VRF before dst_neigh_output.

Signed-off-by: Julian Anastasov <ja@ssi.bg>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-02-07 13:07:46 -05:00
Florian Fainelli
b08d46b01e net: phy: bcm7xxx: Add BCM74371 PHY ID
Add the BCM74371 PHY ID to the list of supported chips. This is a 28nm
technology Gigabit PHY SoC.

Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-02-07 13:03:10 -05:00
Benjamin Poirier
bd4ce941c8 mlx4: Invoke softirqs after napi_reschedule
mlx4 may schedule napi from a workqueue. Afterwards, softirqs are not run
in a deterministic time frame and the following message may be logged:
NOHZ: local_softirq_pending 08

The problem is the same as what was described in commit ec13ee8014
("virtio_net: invoke softirqs after __napi_schedule") and this patch
applies the same fix to mlx4.

Fixes: 07841f9d94 ("net/mlx4_en: Schedule napi when RX buffers allocation fails")
Cc: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Benjamin Poirier <bpoirier@suse.com>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Reviewed-by: Tariq Toukan <tariqt@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-02-07 12:50:43 -05:00
Arnd Bergmann
8d1fb01df8 mlxsw: add psample dependency for spectrum
When PSAMPLE is a loadable module, spectrum must not be built-in:

drivers/net/built-in.o: In function `mlxsw_sp_rx_listener_sample_func':
spectrum.c:(.text+0xe357e): undefined reference to `psample_sample_packet'

This adds a Kconfig dependency to enforce usable configurations.

Fixes: 98d0f7b9ac ("mlxsw: spectrum: Add packet sample offloading support")
Signed-off-by: Arnd Bergmann <arnd@arndb.de>
Acked-by: Yotam Gigi <yotamg@mellanox.com>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-02-07 11:44:12 -05:00
Wei Yongjun
fee402211f net: wan: slic_ds26522: Remove .owner field for driver
Remove .owner field if calls are used which set it automatically.

Generated by: scripts/coccinelle/api/platform_no_drv_owner.cocci

Signed-off-by: Wei Yongjun <weiyongjun1@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-02-07 11:41:15 -05:00
Wei Yongjun
c3afa99553 net: wan: slic_ds26522: Use module_spi_driver to simplify the code
module_spi_driver() makes the code simpler by eliminating
boilerplate code.

Signed-off-by: Wei Yongjun <weiyongjun1@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-02-07 11:41:15 -05:00
Florian Fainelli
648ea01340 net: phy: Allow pre-declaration of MDIO devices
Allow board support code to collect pre-declarations for MDIO devices by
registering them with mdiobus_register_board_info(). SPI and I2C buses
have a similar feature, we were missing this for MDIO devices, but this
is particularly useful for e.g: MDIO-connected switches which need to
provide their port layout (often board-specific) to a MDIO Ethernet
switch driver.

Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-02-07 10:51:46 -05:00
Andrew Lunn
a23b296198 net: dsa: mv88e6xxx: Refactor remaining port setup
Move the remaining port configuration code which varies per device
into port.c, using ops were necessary. This makes
mv88e6xxx_6185_family() and mv88e6xxx_6095_family() unused, so remove
them.

Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Reviewed-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-02-07 10:48:06 -05:00
Andrew Lunn
cf3e80df13 net: dsa: mv88e6xxx: Implement Clause 45 access to SMI devices
The mv88e6390 MDIO bus controllers can support for clause 45 accesses.
The internal SERDES interfaces need this, and it is likely external
10GHz PHYs will be clause 45.

Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Reviewed-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-02-07 10:47:11 -05:00
Andrew Lunn
f39908d3b1 net: dsa: mv88e6xxx: Set the CMODE for mv88e6390 ports 9 & 10
Unlike most ports, ports 9 and 10 of the 6390X family have configurable
PHY modes. Set the mode as part of adjust_link().

Ordering is important, because the SERDES interfaces connected to
ports 9 and 10 can be split and assigned to other ports. The CMODE has
to be correctly set before the SERDES interface on another port can be
configured. Such configuration is likely to be performed in
port_enable() and port_disabled(), called on slave_open() and
slave_close().

The simple case is port 9 and 10 are used for 'CPU' or 'DSA'. In this
case, the CMODE is set via a phy-mode in dsa_cpu_dsa_setup(), which is
called early in the switch setup.

When ports 9 or 10 are used as user ports, and have a fixed-phy, when
the fixed fixed-phy is attached, dsa_slave_adjust_link() is called,
which results in the adjust_link function being called, setting the
cmode. The port_enable() will for other ports will be called much
later.

When ports 9 or 10 are used as user ports and have a real phy attached
which does not use all the available SERDES interface, e.g. a 1Gbps
SGMII, there is currently no mechanism in place to set the CMODE of
the port from software. It must be hoped the stripping resistors are
correct.

At the same time, add a function to get the cmode. This will be needed
when configuring the SERDES interfaces.

Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Reviewed-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-02-07 10:34:43 -05:00
Ben Hutchings
2d6a0e9de0 catc: Use heap buffer for memory size test
Allocating USB buffers on the stack is not portable, and no longer
works on x86_64 (with VMAP_STACK enabled as per default).

Fixes: 1da177e4c3 ("Linux-2.6.12-rc2")
Signed-off-by: Ben Hutchings <ben@decadent.org.uk>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-02-07 10:07:02 -05:00
Ben Hutchings
d41149145f catc: Combine failure cleanup code in catc_probe()
Signed-off-by: Ben Hutchings <ben@decadent.org.uk>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-02-07 10:07:02 -05:00
Ben Hutchings
7926aff5c5 rtl8150: Use heap buffers for all register access
Allocating USB buffers on the stack is not portable, and no longer
works on x86_64 (with VMAP_STACK enabled as per default).

Fixes: 1da177e4c3 ("Linux-2.6.12-rc2")
Signed-off-by: Ben Hutchings <ben@decadent.org.uk>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-02-07 10:07:02 -05:00
Ben Hutchings
5593523f96 pegasus: Use heap buffers for all register access
Allocating USB buffers on the stack is not portable, and no longer
works on x86_64 (with VMAP_STACK enabled as per default).

Fixes: 1da177e4c3 ("Linux-2.6.12-rc2")
References: https://bugs.debian.org/852556
Reported-by: Lisandro Damián Nicanor Pérez Meyer <lisandro@debian.org>
Tested-by: Lisandro Damián Nicanor Pérez Meyer <lisandro@debian.org>
Signed-off-by: Ben Hutchings <ben@decadent.org.uk>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-02-07 10:07:01 -05:00
John Fastabend
2de2f7f40e virtio_net: XDP support for adjust_head
Add support for XDP adjust head by allocating a 256B header region
that XDP programs can grow into. This is only enabled when a XDP
program is loaded.

In order to ensure that we do not have to unwind queue headroom push
queue setup below bpf_prog_add. It reads better to do a prog ref
unwind vs another queue setup call.

At the moment this code must do a full reset to ensure old buffers
without headroom on program add or with headroom on program removal
are not used incorrectly in the datapath. Ideally we would only
have to disable/enable the RX queues being updated but there is no
API to do this at the moment in virtio so use the big hammer. In
practice it is likely not that big of a problem as this will only
happen when XDP is enabled/disabled changing programs does not
require the reset. There is some risk that the driver may either
have an allocation failure or for some reason fail to correctly
negotiate with the underlying backend in this case the driver will
be left uninitialized. I have not seen this ever happen on my test
systems and for what its worth this same failure case can occur
from probe and other contexts in virtio framework.

Signed-off-by: John Fastabend <john.r.fastabend@intel.com>
Acked-by: Jason Wang <jasowang@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-02-07 10:05:12 -05:00
John Fastabend
9fe7bfce8b virtio_net: refactor freeze/restore logic into virtnet reset logic
For XDP we will need to reset the queues to allow for buffer headroom
to be configured. In order to do this we need to essentially run the
freeze()/restore() code path. Unfortunately the locking requirements
between the freeze/restore and reset paths are different however so
we can not simply reuse the code.

This patch refactors the code path and adds a reset helper routine.

Signed-off-by: John Fastabend <john.r.fastabend@intel.com>
Acked-by: Jason Wang <jasowang@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-02-07 10:05:12 -05:00
John Fastabend
722d82830a virtio_net: remove duplicate queue pair binding in XDP
Factor out qp assignment.

Signed-off-by: John Fastabend <john.r.fastabend@intel.com>
Acked-by: Jason Wang <jasowang@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-02-07 10:05:11 -05:00
John Fastabend
0354e4d19c virtio_net: factor out xdp handler for readability
At this point the do_xdp_prog is mostly if/else branches handling
the different modes of virtio_net. So remove it and handle running
the program in the per mode handlers.

Signed-off-by: John Fastabend <john.r.fastabend@intel.com>
Acked-by: Jason Wang <jasowang@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-02-07 10:05:11 -05:00
John Fastabend
473153291b virtio_net: wrap rtnl_lock in test for calling with lock already held
For XDP use case and to allow ethtool reset tests it is useful to be
able to use reset paths from contexts where rtnl lock is already
held.

This requries updating virtnet_set_queues and free_receive_bufs the
two places where rtnl_lock is taken in virtio_net. To do this we
use the following pattern,

	_foo(...) { do stuff }
	foo(...) { rtnl_lock(); _foo(...); rtnl_unlock()};

this allows us to use freeze()/restore() flow from both contexts.

Signed-off-by: John Fastabend <john.r.fastabend@intel.com>
Acked-by: Jason Wang <jasowang@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-02-07 10:05:11 -05:00
Felix Fietkau
3a5e969bb2 ath9k: fix race condition in enabling/disabling IRQs
The code currently relies on refcounting to disable IRQs from within the
IRQ handler and re-enabling them again after the tasklet has run.

However, due to race conditions sometimes the IRQ handler might be
called twice, or the tasklet may not run at all (if interrupted in the
middle of a reset).

This can cause nasty imbalances in the irq-disable refcount which will
get the driver permanently stuck until the entire radio has been stopped
and started again (ath_reset will not recover from this).

Instead of using this fragile logic, change the code to ensure that
running the irq handler during tasklet processing is safe, and leave the
refcount untouched.

Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-02-07 11:00:25 +02:00
Felix Fietkau
a34d0a0da1 ath9k_hw: check if the chip failed to wake up
In an RFC patch, Sven Eckelmann and Simon Wunderlich reported:

"QCA 802.11n chips (especially AR9330/AR9340) sometimes end up in a
state in which a read of AR_CFG always returns 0xdeadbeef.
This should not happen when when the power_mode of the device is
ATH9K_PM_AWAKE."

Include the check for the default register state in the existing MAC
hang check.

Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-02-07 11:00:21 +02:00
Felix Fietkau
d63ffc45c5 ath9k: rename tx_complete_work to hw_check_work
Also include common MAC alive check. This should make the hang checks
more reliable for modes where beacons are not sent and is used as a
starting point for further hang check improvements

Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-02-07 11:00:17 +02:00
Bjorn Andersson
03c95dbef6 wcn36xx: Implement cancel_hw_scan
In the even that the wcn36xx interface is brought down while a hw_scan
is active we must abort and wait for the ongoing scan to signal
completion to mac80211.

Reported-by: Mart Raudsepp <leio@gentoo.org>
Fixes: 886039036c ("wcn36xx: Implement firmware assisted scan")
Signed-off-by: Bjorn Andersson <bjorn.andersson@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-02-07 10:59:26 +02:00
Ashok Raj Nagarajan
7f622593cc ath10k: fix reading sram contents for QCA4019
With QCA4019 platform, SRAM address can be accessed directly from host but
currently, we are assuming sram addresses cannot be accessed directly and
hence we convert the addresses.

While there, clean up growing hw checks during conversion of target CPU
address to CE address. Now we have function pointer pertaining to different
chips.

Signed-off-by: Ashok Raj Nagarajan <arnagara@qti.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-02-07 10:57:49 +02:00
Tamizh chelvam
cb4281528b ath10k: fix boot failure in UTF mode/testmode
Rx filter reset and the dynamic tx switch mode (EXT_RESOURCE_CFG)
configuration are causing the following errors when UTF firmware
is loaded to the target.

Error message 1:
[ 598.015629] ath10k_pci 0001:01:00.0: failed to ping firmware: -110
[ 598.020828] ath10k_pci 0001:01:00.0: failed to reset rx filter: -110
[ 598.141556] ath10k_pci 0001:01:00.0: failed to start core (testmode): -110

Error message 2:
[ 668.615839] ath10k_ahb a000000.wifi: failed to send ext resource cfg command : -95
[ 668.618902] ath10k_ahb a000000.wifi: failed to start core (testmode): -95

Avoiding these configurations while bringing the target in
testmode is solving the problem.

Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Tamizh chelvam <c_traja@qti.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-02-07 10:52:07 +02:00
Maharaja Kennadyrajan
ee8b08a1be ath10k: add debugfs support to get per peer tids log via tracing
This patch provides support to get per peer tids log.

echo 1 > /sys/kernel/debug/ieee80211/phyX/netdev\:wlanX/stations/
XX:XX/peer_debug_trigger

These logs will be the part of FWLOGS which we collect the logs
via tracing interface. Here we will get the peer tigd logs only
once(not repeatedly) when we write 1 to the debugfs file.

Signed-off-by: Maharaja Kennadyrajan <c_mkenna@qti.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-02-07 10:49:24 +02:00
Kalle Valo
39bfe9f7c0 ath10k: few whitespace fixes
Fixes checkpatch warnings:

drivers/net/wireless/ath/ath10k/pci.c:1593: Statements should start on a tabstop
drivers/net/wireless/ath/ath10k/ce.c:962: Alignment should match open parenthesis

Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-02-07 10:43:30 +02:00
Kalle Valo
019e4280fa ath10k: use names in function definition arguments
Fixes new checkpatch warnings:

drivers/net/wireless/ath/ath10k/htt.h:1823: function definition argument 'struct sk_buff *' should also have an identifier name
drivers/net/wireless/ath/ath10k/wmi.h:6607: function definition argument 'struct wmi_start_scan_arg *' should also have an identifier name

Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-02-07 10:43:25 +02:00
Kalle Valo
b2d6041568 ath10k: prefer unsigned int over just unsigned
Fixes new checkpatch warnings:

drivers/net/wireless/ath/ath10k/htt.h:1639: Prefer 'unsigned int' to bare use of 'unsigned'
drivers/net/wireless/ath/ath10k/htt.h:1660: Prefer 'unsigned int' to bare use of 'unsigned'

Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-02-07 10:43:21 +02:00
Larry Finger
6773386f97 rtlwifi: rtl8192c-common: Fix "BUG: KASAN:
Kernels built with CONFIG_KASAN=y report the following BUG for rtl8192cu
and rtl8192c-common:

==================================================================
BUG: KASAN: slab-out-of-bounds in rtl92c_dm_bt_coexist+0x858/0x1e40
     [rtl8192c_common] at addr ffff8801c90edb08
Read of size 1 by task kworker/0:1/38
page:ffffea0007243800 count:1 mapcount:0 mapping:          (null)
     index:0x0 compound_mapcount: 0
flags: 0x8000000000004000(head)
page dumped because: kasan: bad access detected
CPU: 0 PID: 38 Comm: kworker/0:1 Not tainted 4.9.7-gentoo #3
Hardware name: Gigabyte Technology Co., Ltd. To be filled by
     O.E.M./Z77-DS3H, BIOS F11a 11/13/2013
Workqueue: rtl92c_usb rtl_watchdog_wq_callback [rtlwifi]
  0000000000000000 ffffffff829eea33 ffff8801d7f0fa30 ffff8801c90edb08
  ffffffff824c0f09 ffff8801d4abee80 0000000000000004 0000000000000297
  ffffffffc070b57c ffff8801c7aa7c48 ffff880100000004 ffffffff000003e8
Call Trace:
  [<ffffffff829eea33>] ? dump_stack+0x5c/0x79
  [<ffffffff824c0f09>] ? kasan_report_error+0x4b9/0x4e0
  [<ffffffffc070b57c>] ? _usb_read_sync+0x15c/0x280 [rtl_usb]
  [<ffffffff824c0f75>] ? __asan_report_load1_noabort+0x45/0x50
  [<ffffffffc06d7a88>] ? rtl92c_dm_bt_coexist+0x858/0x1e40 [rtl8192c_common]
  [<ffffffffc06d7a88>] ? rtl92c_dm_bt_coexist+0x858/0x1e40 [rtl8192c_common]
  [<ffffffffc06d0cbe>] ? rtl92c_dm_rf_saving+0x96e/0x1330 [rtl8192c_common]
...

The problem is due to rtl8192ce and rtl8192cu sharing routines, and having
different layouts of struct rtl_pci_priv, which is used by rtl8192ce, and
struct rtl_usb_priv, which is used by rtl8192cu. The problem was resolved
by placing the struct bt_coexist_info at the head of each of those private
areas.

Reported-and-tested-by: Dmitry Osipenko <digetx@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Larry Finger <Larry.Finger@lwfinger.net>
Cc: Stable <stable@vger.kernel.org> # 4.0+
Cc: Dmitry Osipenko <digetx@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
2017-02-07 10:07:59 +02:00
Larry Finger
41880bb38a rtlwifi: btcoexist: Convert halbtcoutsrc.c to use standard debugging
The routines in btcoexist use different debugging routines than are used
in the other drivers. This patch converts halbtcoutsrc.c to use the
standard routines. It also deletes the definitions of the now-unused
debugging macros, and turns on compilation of all the routines in
btcoexist.

Signed-off-by: Larry Finger <Larry.Finger@lwfinger.net>
Cc: Ping-Ke Shih <pkshih@realtek.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
2017-02-07 10:04:40 +02:00
Larry Finger
10468c3b43 rtlwifi: btcoexist: Convert halbtc8821a2ant.c to use standard debugging
The routines in btcoexist use different debugging routines than are used
in the other drivers. This patch converts halbtc8821a2ant.c to use the
standard routines.

Signed-off-by: Larry Finger <Larry.Finger@lwfinger.net>
Cc: Ping-Ke Shih <pkshih@realtek.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
2017-02-07 10:04:39 +02:00
Larry Finger
bed4ff58af rtlwifi: btcoexist: Convert halbtc8821a1ant.c to use standard debugging
The routines in btcoexist use different debugging routines than are used
in the other drivers. This patch converts halbtc8821a1ant.c to use the
standard routines.

Signed-off-by: Larry Finger <Larry.Finger@lwfinger.net>
Cc: Ping-Ke Shih <pkshih@realtek.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
2017-02-07 10:04:38 +02:00
Larry Finger
2277f5f115 rtlwifi: btcoexist: Convert halbtc8723b2ant.c to use standard debugging
The routines in btcoexist use different debugging routines than are used
in the other drivers. This patch converts halbtc8723b2ant.c to use the
standard routines.

Signed-off-by: Larry Finger <Larry.Finger@lwfinger.net>
Cc: Ping-Ke Shih <pkshih@realtek.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
2017-02-07 10:04:38 +02:00
Larry Finger
dd192494e6 rtlwifi: btcoexist: Convert halbtc8723b1ant.c to use standard debugging
The routines in btcoexist use different debugging routines than are used
in the other drivers. This patch converts halbtc8723b1ant.c to use the
standard routines.

Signed-off-by: Larry Finger <Larry.Finger@lwfinger.net>
Cc: Ping-Ke Shih <pkshih@realtek.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
2017-02-07 10:04:37 +02:00
Larry Finger
258b93cc39 rtlwifi: btcoexist: Convert halbtc8192e2ant.c to use standard debugging
The routines in btcoexist use different debugging routines than are used
in the other drivers. This patch converts halbtc8192e2ant.c to use the
standard routines.

Signed-off-by: Larry Finger <Larry.Finger@lwfinger.net>
Cc: Ping-Ke Shih <pkshih@realtek.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
2017-02-07 10:04:37 +02:00
Larry Finger
d5e582523a rtlwifi: rtl8821ae: Fix typo in symbol for bandwidth numbers
In several places, "BANDWITH" is used when "BANDWIDTH" should have been
used.

Signed-off-by: Larry Finger <Larry.Finger@lwfinger.net>
Cc: Ping-Ke Shih <pkshih@realtek.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
2017-02-07 10:04:36 +02:00
Ganapathi Bhat
a5b60de697 mwifiex: Avoid skipping WEP key deletion for AP
This patch fixes the issue specific to AP. AP is started with WEP
security and external station is connected to it. Data path works
in this case. Now if AP is restarted with WPA/WPA2 security,
station is able to connect but ping fails.

Driver skips the deletion of WEP keys if interface type is AP.
Removing that redundant check resolves the issue.

Fixes: e57f1734d8 ("mwifiex: add key material v2 support")
Signed-off-by: Ganapathi Bhat <gbhat@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Amitkumar Karwar <akarwar@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
2017-02-07 10:03:40 +02:00
Stanislaw Gruszka
6232c17438 rt2x00: avoid introducing a USB dependency in the rt2x00lib module
As reported by Felix:

Though protected by an ifdef, introducing an usb symbol dependency in
the rt2x00lib module is a major inconvenience for distributions that
package kernel modules split into individual packages.

Get rid of this unnecessary dependency by calling the usb related
function from a more suitable place.

Cc: Vishal Thanki <vishalthanki@gmail.com>
Reported-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
Fixes: 8b4c000931 ("rt2x00usb: Use usb anchor to manage URB")
Signed-off-by: Stanislaw Gruszka <sgruszka@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
2017-02-07 09:57:48 +02:00
Rafał Miłecki
0f83ff6973 brcmfmac: use wiphy_read_of_freq_limits to respect limits from DT
This new helper reads extra frequency limits specified in DT and
disables unavailable chanels. This is useful for devices (like home
routers) with chipsets limited e.g. by board design.

In order to respect info read from DT we simply need to check for
IEEE80211_CHAN_DISABLED bit when constructing channel info.

Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
2017-02-07 09:57:07 +02:00
Johannes Berg
50d55b6d3f mwifiex: don't include mac80211.h
This driver doesn't use mac80211, so it shouldn't include mac80211.h,
include only the necessary cfg80211.h instead.

Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
2017-02-07 09:56:19 +02:00
Kalle Valo
d7eb3c0a6b Second batch of improvements and fixes for v4.11.
* A bunch of bugfixes for the DQA code;
   * Work on support for new A000 devices continues;
   * Some clean-ups and general improvements
 -----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
 
 iQIzBAABCAAdFiEEF3LNfgb2BPWm68smoUecoho8xfoFAliYsnMACgkQoUecoho8
 xfo2Mw/+M6KrHmnLnLsjEsifgZNlTszkPq4KjN+g+aH0SuYO6fxVeigK7lmzrk8x
 SG5VCyQg/dkXmaQWpa1gEEt8TgEap6cOO8m4h/8eARN71a/zLExGBOr2nzLm0LWW
 7NlXBGpZ3h7RwhSSzNjOGY7BPCHlDFDAG8QqDPqF2IzSLzTtGj9IXgHwBGHr4eGM
 KAyXEdBO4+zXz3maYzr7POeymWGkGtK8v3/TT4PCgJpnrz/UGqt6+YWwPneYGFi/
 aANjwlp2/EYDnc6PYUZs2gEVC4beaFvYao+EMopISb/OMmAdE2G6cEnPInWnyMp9
 Ea2QLYCWK5/VR4v/TGluaCTm+LVvObHxTh44Jj+EDi3iUfFp1JJbSOwgq13zR+GG
 CTqCfsZ6DxQCkf3mtHOtnf5CvTTYfFIYeIr47L/caLzu0mW6dQYK8+FZo98YOTMH
 YYeIy5TcYeefBVQLdxQjeL1R5RttoGCdcqldpBSHM+FZ+vQ1XSzJa/YkwWe4unY3
 R+7doFofdgeFbTXPKTiWybUBKvWQh+uAKwF964fHZC/L1m/uesGdxMAcd5NhOnwY
 xWlZSOWn9GE69Ded5hfeemdKIdyWFEDLyDCg6dwSx9poCMqls6yzKHz8DT1dGrM6
 JD/CX3LCtV4fhjK/uB2Qa3TgWAbXcdl44R0Tx2xzHqexcGF9pZE=
 =DFHh
 -----END PGP SIGNATURE-----

Merge tag 'iwlwifi-next-for-kalle-2017-02-06' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/iwlwifi/iwlwifi-next

Second batch of improvements and fixes for v4.11.

  * A bunch of bugfixes for the DQA code;
  * Work on support for new A000 devices continues;
  * Some clean-ups and general improvements
2017-02-07 09:30:26 +02:00
Ping-Ke Shih
cceb0a5973 rtlwifi: Add work queue for c2h cmd.
btcoex needs to sleep, thus it must run in thread context.

Signed-off-by: Ping-Ke Shih <pkshih@realtek.com>
Signed-off-by: Larry Finger <Larry.Finger@lwfinger.net>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
2017-02-07 09:25:08 +02:00
Ping-Ke Shih
0ff78adeef rtlwifi: rtl8723be: fix ant_sel code
When ant_sel is set, we need to fill single_ant_path to select correct
antenna path.

Signed-off-by: Ping-Ke Shih <pkshih@realtek.com>
Signed-off-by: Larry Finger <Larry.Finger@lwfinger.net>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
2017-02-07 09:25:08 +02:00
Ping-Ke Shih
e0215c1420 rtlwifi: btcoex: move bt_type declaration
Routine rtl_get_hwpg_bt_type() is better in halbtcoutsrc.c than in
rtl_btc.c.

Signed-off-by: Ping-Ke Shih <pkshih@realtek.com>
Signed-off-by: Larry Finger <Larry.Finger@lwfinger.net>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
2017-02-07 09:25:08 +02:00
Ping-Ke Shih
7fe1fe75c3 rtlwifi: rtl8723be: btcoex: add package_type function to btcoex
The new code handles the package-type of the chip.

Signed-off-by: Ping-Ke Shih <pkshih@realtek.com>
Signed-off-by: Larry Finger <Larry.Finger@lwfinger.net>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
2017-02-07 09:25:08 +02:00
Ping-Ke Shih
0de9b5db9f rtlwifi: move btcoex's ant_num declaration
File halbtcoutsrc.c is a better place for routine rtl_get_hwpg_ant_num()
than file rtl_btc.c.

Signed-off-by: Ping-Ke Shih <pkshih@realtek.com>
Signed-off-by: Larry Finger <Larry.Finger@lwfinger.net>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
2017-02-07 09:25:08 +02:00
Ping-Ke Shih
db8cb0095b rtlwifi: rtl8723be: btcoexist: Add single_ant_path
Some devices with RTL8732BE wifi/Bluetooth adapters are shipped with only
a single antenna. On a subset of these, the EEPROM is incorectly coded
to indicate the wrong connection. The resulting problems have been fixed
for wifi. This change handles them for BT.

Signed-off-by: Ping-Ke Shih <pkshih@realtek.com>
Signed-off-by: Larry Finger <Larry.Finger@lwfinger.net>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
2017-02-07 09:25:08 +02:00
Larry Finger
d46fa3e47a rtlwifi: btcoexist: Change logging in halbtc8192e2ant.c
This routine uses its own debugging macros These are changed to use the
the recently rewritten RT_TRACE macro. There are also some renamed
variables that were missed in the previous step.

The only functional change is that some debugging statements have been
dropped based on the final code supplied by Realtek.

Signed-off-by: Larry Finger <Larry.Finger@lwfinger.net>
Cc: Ping-Ke Shih <pkshih@realtek.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
2017-02-07 09:25:08 +02:00
Ping-Ke Shih
1a2814739f rtlwifi: btcoexist: Add vendor definition for new btcoexist
Routine halbtc_get() will need to be able to get the vendor ID.

Signed-off-by: Ping-Ke Shih <pkshih@realtek.com>
Signed-off-by: Larry Finger <Larry.Finger@lwfinger.net>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
2017-02-07 09:25:08 +02:00
Ping-Ke Shih
6f85c03bc3 rtlwifi: Add a new enumeration value to btc_set_type
The new value is needed for future capability.

Signed-off-by: Ping-Ke Shih <pkshih@realtek.com>
Signed-off-by: Larry Finger <Larry.Finger@lwfinger.net>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
2017-02-07 09:25:08 +02:00
Ping-Ke Shih
8d0d43e342 rtlwifi: Set retry limit depends on vif type.
We assign different retry limit according to vif type, because
it can boost performance in field.

Signed-off-by: Ping-Ke Shih <pkshih@realtek.com>
Signed-off-by: shaofu <shaofu@realtek.com>
Signed-off-by: Larry Finger <Larry.Finger@lwfinger.net>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
2017-02-07 09:25:08 +02:00
Ping-Ke Shih
1e75622c63 rtlwifi: Fix programing CAM content sequence.
There is a potential race condition when the control byte of a CAM
entry is written first. Write in reverse order to correct the condition.

Signed-off-by: Ping-Ke Shih <pkshih@realtek.com>
Signed-off-by: shaofu <shaofu@realtek.com>
Signed-off-by: Larry Finger <Larry.Finger@lwfinger.net>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
2017-02-07 09:25:08 +02:00
Willem de Bruijn
837585a537 macvtap: read vnet_hdr_size once
When IFF_VNET_HDR is enabled, a virtio_net header must precede data.
Data length is verified to be greater than or equal to expected header
length tun->vnet_hdr_sz before copying.

Macvtap functions read the value once, but unless READ_ONCE is used,
the compiler may ignore this and read multiple times. Enforce a single
read and locally cached value to avoid updates between test and use.

Signed-off-by: Willem de Bruijn <willemb@google.com>
Suggested-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-02-06 22:41:27 -05:00
Willem de Bruijn
e1edab87fa tun: read vnet_hdr_sz once
When IFF_VNET_HDR is enabled, a virtio_net header must precede data.
Data length is verified to be greater than or equal to expected header
length tun->vnet_hdr_sz before copying.

Read this value once and cache locally, as it can be updated between
the test and use (TOCTOU).

Signed-off-by: Willem de Bruijn <willemb@google.com>
Reported-by: Dmitry Vyukov <dvyukov@google.com>
CC: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-02-06 22:41:27 -05:00
Arnd Bergmann
321fa4ffd9 net/mlx5e: fix another maybe-uninitialized false-positive
In commit abeffce ("net/mlx5e: Fix a -Wmaybe-uninitialized warning"), I fixed a
gcc warning for the ipv4 offload handling. Now we get the same warning for the
added ipv6 support:

drivers/net/ethernet/mellanox/mlx5/core/en_tc.c:815:40: warning: 'out_dev' may be used uninitialized in this function [-Wmaybe-uninitialized]

We can apply the same workaround here as well.

Fixes: ce99f6b97f ("net/mlx5e: Support SRIOV TC encapsulation offloads for IPv6 tunnels")
Signed-off-by: Arnd Bergmann <arnd@arndb.de>
Acked-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-02-06 16:35:12 -05:00
Parav Pandit
d0d7b10b05 net-next: treewide use is_vlan_dev() helper function.
This patch makes use of is_vlan_dev() function instead of flag
comparison which is exactly done by is_vlan_dev() helper function.

Signed-off-by: Parav Pandit <parav@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Jurgens <danielj@mellanox.com>
Acked-by: Stephen Hemminger <stephen@networkplumber.org>
Acked-by: Jon Maxwell <jmaxwell37@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Johannes Thumshirn <jth@kernel.org>
Acked-by: Haiyang Zhang <haiyangz@microsoft.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-02-06 16:33:29 -05:00
Sara Sharon
8364fbb497 iwlwifi: mvm: support new beacon template command
Support new version of beacon template command which deprecates
the use of the tx command inside.

Signed-off-by: Sara Sharon <sara.sharon@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
2017-02-06 19:19:27 +02:00
Johannes Berg
23aeea943b iwlwifi: pcie: fix another RF-kill race
When resuming, it's possible for the following scenario to occur:

 * iwl_pci_resume() enables the RF-kill interrupt
 * iwl_pci_resume() reads the RF-kill state (e.g. to 'radio enabled')
 * RF_KILL interrupt triggers, and iwl_pcie_irq_handler() reads the
   state, now 'radio disabled', and acquires the &trans_pcie->mutex.
 * iwl_pcie_irq_handler() further calls iwl_trans_pcie_rf_kill() to
   indicate to the higher layers that the radio is now disabled (and
   stops the device while at it)
 * iwl_pcie_irq_handler() drops the mutex
 * iwl_pci_resume() continues, acquires the mutex and calls the higher
   layers to indicate that the radio is enabled.

At this point, the device is stopped but the higher layers think it's
available, and can call deeply into the driver to try to enable it.
However, this will fail since the device is actually disabled.

Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
2017-02-06 19:19:26 +02:00
Sara Sharon
5594d80e9b iwlwifi: support two phys for a000 devices
Support differentiating between two phys for a000 devices
in order to load the correct firmware.
Eventually when moving completely to the new phy we will be
able to remove this.

Signed-off-by: Sara Sharon <sara.sharon@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
2017-02-06 19:19:26 +02:00
Luca Coelho
0c4881ced8 iwlwifi: remove unnecessary cfg element in iwl_drv
The iwl_drv structure contains trans which already contains cfg, so
storing cfg separately in iwl_drv is redundant.  Remove it and access
trans->cfg instead.

Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
2017-02-06 19:19:25 +02:00
Luca Coelho
49060383a7 iwlwifi: remove unnecessary argument to iwl_drv_start()
When iwl_drv_start() is called, trans->cfg must already be set, so
there's no need to pass cfg separately, since it can be accessed
directly from trans->cfg.

Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
2017-02-06 19:19:25 +02:00
Sara Sharon
0d7f1b993b iwlwifi: mvm: cleanup iwl_mvm_tx_mpdu a bit
Unify code, remove redundant assignments.

Signed-off-by: Sara Sharon <sara.sharon@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
2017-02-06 19:19:25 +02:00
Johannes Berg
4b40571eaf iwlwifi: mvm: align copy-break SKB payload for MQ RX
When a small frame is copied completely into the skb->head, the code
doesn't take alignment into account, making mac80211 copy it again
later on architectures that need the alignment. Avoid this by taking
the PAD flag from the device into account when copying.

Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
2017-02-06 19:19:24 +02:00
Sara Sharon
94c3e614df iwlwifi: mvm: fix pending frame counter calculation
In DQA mode the check whether to decrement the pending frames
counter relies on the tid status and not on the txq id.
This may result in an inconsistent state of the pending frames
counter in case frame is queued on a non aggregation queue but
with this TID, and will be followed by a failure to remove the
station and later on SYSASSERT 0x3421 when trying to remove the
MAC.
Such frames are for example bar and qos NDPs.
Fix it by aligning the condition of incrementing the counter
with the condition of decrementing it - rely on TID state for
DQA mode.
Also, avoid internal error like this affecting station removal
for DQA mode - since we can know for sure it is an internal
error.

Fixes: cf961e1662 ("iwlwifi: mvm: support dqa-mode agg on non-shared queue")
Signed-off-by: Sara Sharon <sara.sharon@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
2017-02-06 19:19:23 +02:00
Sara Sharon
2c6262b754 iwlwifi: pcie: fix the set of DMA memory mask
Our 9000 device supports 64 bit DMA address for RX only, and
not for TX.
Setting DMA mask to 64 for the whole device is erroneous - we
can do it only for a000 devices where device is capable of
both RX & TX DMA with 64 bit address space.

Fixes: 96a6497bc3 ("iwlwifi: pcie: add 9000 series multi queue rx DMA support")
Signed-off-by: Sara Sharon <sara.sharon@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
2017-02-06 19:19:23 +02:00
Liad Kaufman
df88c08d5c iwlwifi: mvm: release static queues on bcast release
A few of the static queues are enabled along with the bcast
STA. Make sure they are removed along with it, rather than
waiting for the mac ctxt release.

This is needed because we sometimes have a STA being removed
and then added again (either with the same sta_id or a
different one). If we wait for the mac ctxt release we will
try to allocate the queues again (as this is currently done
in the STA allocation and not in the MAC init) although
they weren't freed, and even if the sta_id of the STA has
changed.

Signed-off-by: Liad Kaufman <liad.kaufman@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
2017-02-06 19:19:23 +02:00
Johannes Berg
05e5a7e58d iwlwifi: mvm/pcie: adjust A-MSDU tx_cmd length in PCIe
Instead of setting the tx_cmd length in the mvm code, which is
complicated by the fact that DQA may want to temporarily store
the SKB on the side, adjust the length in the PCIe code which
also knows about this since it's responsible for duplicating
all those headers that are account for in this code.

As the PCIe code already relies on the tx_cmd->len field, this
doesn't really introduce any new dependencies.

To make this possible we need to move the memcpy() of the TX
command until after it was updated.

This does even simplify the code though, since the PCIe code
already does a lot of manipulations to build A-MSDUs correctly
and changing the length becomes a simple operation to see how
much was added/removed, rather than predicting it.

Fixes: 24afba7690 ("iwlwifi: mvm: support bss dynamic alloc/dealloc of queues")
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
2017-02-06 19:19:15 +02:00
Johannes Berg
bd05a5bd6b iwlwifi: mvm: overwrite skb info later
We don't really need clear the skb's status area nor store the
dev_cmd into it until we really commit to the frame by handing
it to the transport - defer those operations until just before
we do that.

This doesn't entirely fix the bug with frames not getting sent
out after having been deferred due to DQA, because it doesn't
restore the info->driver_data[0] place that was already set to
zero (or another value) by the A-MSDU logic.

Fixes: 24afba7690 ("iwlwifi: mvm: support bss dynamic alloc/dealloc of queues")
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
2017-02-06 19:19:06 +02:00
Arnd Bergmann
b3f2d07f46 hns: avoid stack overflow with CONFIG_KASAN
The use of ACCESS_ONCE() looks like a micro-optimization to force gcc to use
an indexed load for the register address, but it has an absolutely detrimental
effect on builds with gcc-5 and CONFIG_KASAN=y, leading to a very likely
kernel stack overflow aside from very complex object code:

hisilicon/hns/hns_dsaf_gmac.c: In function 'hns_gmac_update_stats':
hisilicon/hns/hns_dsaf_gmac.c:419:1: error: the frame size of 2912 bytes is larger than 1024 bytes [-Werror=frame-larger-than=]
hisilicon/hns/hns_dsaf_ppe.c: In function 'hns_ppe_reset_common':
hisilicon/hns/hns_dsaf_ppe.c:390:1: error: the frame size of 1184 bytes is larger than 1024 bytes [-Werror=frame-larger-than=]
hisilicon/hns/hns_dsaf_ppe.c: In function 'hns_ppe_get_regs':
hisilicon/hns/hns_dsaf_ppe.c:621:1: error: the frame size of 3632 bytes is larger than 1024 bytes [-Werror=frame-larger-than=]
hisilicon/hns/hns_dsaf_rcb.c: In function 'hns_rcb_get_common_regs':
hisilicon/hns/hns_dsaf_rcb.c:970:1: error: the frame size of 2784 bytes is larger than 1024 bytes [-Werror=frame-larger-than=]
hisilicon/hns/hns_dsaf_gmac.c: In function 'hns_gmac_get_regs':
hisilicon/hns/hns_dsaf_gmac.c:641:1: error: the frame size of 5728 bytes is larger than 1024 bytes [-Werror=frame-larger-than=]
hisilicon/hns/hns_dsaf_rcb.c: In function 'hns_rcb_get_ring_regs':
hisilicon/hns/hns_dsaf_rcb.c:1021:1: error: the frame size of 2208 bytes is larger than 1024 bytes [-Werror=frame-larger-than=]
hisilicon/hns/hns_dsaf_main.c: In function 'hns_dsaf_comm_init':
hisilicon/hns/hns_dsaf_main.c:1209:1: error: the frame size of 1904 bytes is larger than 1024 bytes [-Werror=frame-larger-than=]
hisilicon/hns/hns_dsaf_xgmac.c: In function 'hns_xgmac_get_regs':
hisilicon/hns/hns_dsaf_xgmac.c:748:1: error: the frame size of 4704 bytes is larger than 1024 bytes [-Werror=frame-larger-than=]
hisilicon/hns/hns_dsaf_main.c: In function 'hns_dsaf_update_stats':
hisilicon/hns/hns_dsaf_main.c:2420:1: error: the frame size of 1088 bytes is larger than 1024 bytes [-Werror=frame-larger-than=]
hisilicon/hns/hns_dsaf_main.c: In function 'hns_dsaf_get_regs':
hisilicon/hns/hns_dsaf_main.c:2753:1: error: the frame size of 10768 bytes is larger than 1024 bytes [-Werror=frame-larger-than=]

This does not seem to happen any more with gcc-7, but removing the ACCESS_ONCE
seems safe anyway and it avoids a serious issue for some people. I have verified
that with gcc-5.3.1, the object code we get is better in the new version
both with and without CONFIG_KASAN, as we no longer allocate a 1344 byte
stack frame for hns_dsaf_get_regs() but otherwise have practically identical
object code.

With gcc-7.0.0, removing ACCESS_ONCE has no effect, the object code is already
good either way.

This patch is probably not urgent to get into 4.11 as only KASAN=y builds
with certain compilers are affected, but I still think it makes sense to
backport into older kernels.

Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org
Fixes: 511e6bc ("net: add Hisilicon Network Subsystem DSAF support")
Signed-off-by: Arnd Bergmann <arnd@arndb.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-02-06 12:02:32 -05:00
Dan Carpenter
73cfb2a2e4 net/mlx4_en: fix a condition
There is a "||" vs "|" typo here so we test 0x1 instead of 0x6.

Fixes: 1f8176f735 ("net/mlx4_en: Check the enabling pptx/pprx flags in SET_PORT wrapper flow")
Signed-off-by: Dan Carpenter <dan.carpenter@oracle.com>
Reviewed-by: Tariq Toukan <tariqt@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-02-06 12:01:06 -05:00
Bert Kenward
f820c0ac6c sfc: don't rearm interrupts if busy polling
Since commit 364b605573 ("net: busy-poll: return busypolling status
to drivers"), napi_complete_done() returns a boolean that can be used
by drivers to conditionally rearm interrupts.

Testing with a 7142 shows a small latency improvement of ~100 ns.

Signed-off-by: Bert Kenward <bkenward@solarflare.com>
Cc: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-02-06 11:59:36 -05:00
Ido Schimmel
fd76d9105b mlxsw: spectrum_router: Fix typo in comment
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-02-06 11:25:57 -05:00
Ido Schimmel
01b1aa359d mlxsw: spectrum_router: Don't read 'nud_state' without lock
We periodically ask the neighbouring system to try and resolve
neighbours that are used for nexthops, but aren't currently resolved.

However, 'nud_state' is protected by the neighbour lock, so we shouldn't
access it without taking it. Instead, we can simply check the
'connected' field of the neighbour entry, which we update upon
NEIGH_UPDATE events.

Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-02-06 11:25:57 -05:00
Ido Schimmel
8a0b727526 mlxsw: spectrum_router: Remove redundant check
We only add neighbour entries that are also used for nexthops to
'nexthop_neighs_list', so when iterating over this list there's no need
to check that the entry is indeed used for nexthops.

Remove the redundant check.

Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-02-06 11:25:57 -05:00
Ido Schimmel
a8eca32615 net: remove ndo_neigh_{construct, destroy} from stacked devices
In commit 18bfb924f0 ("net: introduce default neigh_construct/destroy
ndo calls for L2 upper devices") we added these ndos to stacked devices
such as team and bond, so that calls will be propagated to mlxsw.

However, previous commit removed the reliance on these ndos and no new
users of these ndos have appeared since above mentioned commit. We can
therefore safely remove this dead code.

Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-02-06 11:25:57 -05:00
Ido Schimmel
5c8802f14a mlxsw: spectrum_router: Simplify neighbour reflection
Up until now we had two interfaces for neighbour related configuration:
ndo_neigh_{construct,destroy} and NEIGH_UPDATE netevents. The ndos were
used to add and remove neighbours from the driver's cache, whereas the
netevent was used to reflect the neighbours into the device's tables.

However, if the NUD state of a neighbour isn't NUD_VALID or if the
neighbour is dead, then there's really no reason for us to keep it
inside our cache. The only exception to this rule are neighbours that
are also used for nexthops, which we periodically refresh to get them
resolved.

We can therefore eliminate the ndo entry point into the driver and
simplify the code, making it similar to the FIB reflection, which is
based solely on events. This also helps us avoid a locking issue, in
which the RIF cache was traversed without proper locking during
insertion into the neigh entry cache.

Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-02-06 11:25:56 -05:00
Ido Schimmel
de04b6a358 mlxsw: spectrum_router: Remove unused variable
Since commit 33b1341cd1 ("mlxsw: spectrum_router: Fix handling of
neighbour structure") we no longer use destination IP for neighbour
lookup, so remove it.

Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-02-06 11:25:56 -05:00
Ido Schimmel
e60234ddb5 mlxsw: spectrum_router: Use ordered workqueue for neigh updates
We currently associate each neighbour entry with a work item, so it's
not possible to have multiple events queued for the same neighbour
entry. However, this is about to be changed so that the neighbour entry
is only resolved when the work item is scheduled.

The above can result in a mismatch between the kernel's and the device's
neighbour table, unless the associated work items are processed in the
order in which they were submitted.

Do that by migrating the NEIGH_UPDATE work items to be processed in the
ordered workqueue which was recently introduced in mlxsw in commit
a3832b3189 ("mlxsw: core: Create an ordered workqueue for FIB
offload").

Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-02-06 11:25:56 -05:00
Ido Schimmel
a0e4761d9b mlxsw: core: Queue work immediately instead of delaying it
We always use zero delay before queueing a work on the ordered workqueue
('mlxsw_owq'), so use work_struct directly instead of delayable work.

Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-02-06 11:25:55 -05:00
David S. Miller
62f01db9cf wireless-drivers fixes for 4.10
Only one important fix for rtlwifi which fixes a regression introduced
 in 4.9 and which caused problems for many users.
 -----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
 Version: GnuPG v1
 
 iQEcBAABAgAGBQJYmJChAAoJEG4XJFUm622b+GIIAJCOUqAC67Mk1/jTgyVlUHZc
 4uLocdhupiozZjBTh7z1lClY3EdT38AAkstcPRXIIQLcVMjkU4B9e5nLUQFv3R/u
 Bt7waNd5KixG+fX0iDPiuLj21SeMNYGtBNQ1PYSiiuuYaWXyAwplK4FW00KkUlqA
 i0V2DHt1BZD3psfhPcKAmx/8kAjCjg2jX1HxMoaLHpC4HUkDdNSd87ZjrEJWN37u
 eLihSdtw5+d8HMqHTmbgGXhiQKNRN9GRv7NMX+iUSSmu4oPwJtE5VLMU24VDeDwW
 3rgprba5p/ddz20iBtWAVRytOHdt5GtrnWCInI2jZk3QpjmM4hqEqoOhc9E47Dc=
 =0wO8
 -----END PGP SIGNATURE-----

Merge tag 'wireless-drivers-for-davem-2017-02-06' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/kvalo/wireless-drivers

Kalle Valo says:

====================
wireless-drivers fixes for 4.10

Only one important fix for rtlwifi which fixes a regression introduced
in 4.9 and which caused problems for many users.
====================

Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-02-06 11:20:48 -05:00
Saeed Mahameed
8ca967ab67 net/mlx5e: Bring back bfreg uar map dedicated pointer
4K Uar series modified the mlx5e driver to use the new bfreg API,
and mistakenly removed the sq->uar_map iomem data path dedicated
pointer, which was meant to be read from xmit path for cache locality
utilization.

Fix that by returning that pointer to the SQ struct.

Fixes: 7309cb4ad71e ("IB/mlx5: Support 4k UAR for libmlx5")
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Tariq Toukan <tariqt@mellanox.com>
2017-02-06 18:20:18 +02:00
Saeed Mahameed
b70149dd7d net/mlx5e: XDP Tx, no inline copy on ConnectX-5
ConnectX-5 and later HW generations will report min inline mode ==
MLX5_INLINE_MODE_NONE, which means driver is not required to copy packet
headers to inline fields of TX WQE.

Avoid copy to inline segment in XDP TX routine when HW inline mode doesn't
require it.

This will improve CPU utilization and boost XDP TX performance.

Tested with xdp2 single flow:
CPU: Intel(R) Xeon(R) CPU E5-2680 v3 @ 2.50GHz
HCA: Mellanox Technologies MT28800 Family [ConnectX-5 Ex]

Before: 7.4Mpps
After:  7.8Mpps
Improvement: 5%

Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Tariq Toukan <tariqt@mellanox.com>
2017-02-06 18:20:18 +02:00
Saeed Mahameed
a6f402e499 net/mlx5e: Tx, no inline copy on ConnectX-5
ConnectX-5 and later HW generations will report min inline mode ==
MLX5_INLINE_MODE_NONE, which means driver is not required to copy packet
headers to inline fields of TX WQE.

When inline is not required, vlan insertion will be handled in the
TX descriptor rather than copy to inline.

For LSO case driver is still required to copy headers, for the HW to
duplicate on wire.

This will improve CPU utilization and boost TX performance.

Tested with pktgen burst single flow:
CPU: Intel(R) Xeon(R) CPU E5-2680 v3 @ 2.50GHz
HCA: Mellanox Technologies MT28800 Family [ConnectX-5 Ex]

Before: 15.1Mpps
After:  17.2Mpps
Improvement: 14%

Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Tariq Toukan <tariqt@mellanox.com>
2017-02-06 18:20:17 +02:00
Saeed Mahameed
2b31f7ae5f net/mlx5: TX WQE update
Add new TX WQE fields for Connect-X5 vlan insertion support,
type and vlan_tci, when type = MLX5_ETH_WQE_INSERT_VLAN the
HW will insert the vlan and prio fields (vlan_tci) to the packet.

Those bits and the inline header fields are mutually exclusive, and
valid only when:
MLX5_CAP_ETH(mdev, wqe_inline_mode) == MLX5_CAP_INLINE_MODE_NOT_REQUIRED
and MLX5_CAP_ETH(mdev, wqe_vlan_insert),
who will be set in ConnectX-5 and later HW generations.

Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Tariq Toukan <tariqt@mellanox.com>
2017-02-06 18:20:16 +02:00
Daniel Jurgens
f32f5bd2eb net/mlx5: Configure cache line size for start and end padding
There is a hardware feature that will pad the start or end of a DMA to
be cache line aligned to avoid RMWs on the last cache line. The default
cache line size setting for this feature is 64B. This change configures
the hardware to use 128B alignment on systems with 128B cache lines.

In addition we lower bound MPWRQ stride by HCA cacheline in mlx5e,
MPWRQ stride should be at least the HCA cacheline, the current default
is 64B and in case HCA_CAP.cach_line_128byte capability is set, MPWRQ RX
stride will automatically be aligned to 128B.

Signed-off-by: Daniel Jurgens <danielj@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
2017-02-06 18:17:25 +02:00
David S. Miller
fcdc103dac linux-can-next-for-4.11-20170206
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
 
 iQFHBAABCgAxFiEE4bay/IylYqM/npjQHv7KIOw4HPYFAliYiW8THG1rbEBwZW5n
 dXRyb25peC5kZQAKCRAe/sog7Dgc9jdWCACU/2SxD8WcIcP5HZgJMxv9K9LyRC++
 qQb1SQKUiedAF0173IQAVawe105LEdZS08o8ovNCzcU0gLHmfAKysjXEnWVqpyLA
 9zOBkl5XzjFsi9KI1TVsn/pUlk3yCq8w2azmt3mi/G5yLoAE0G46pzjbpOYyz67d
 Gyoh4i9OhsQOmgpefkwtyPxlh5Xd28ohdPv8NCBb17No+1Dfs4qji1TTyVY9sqNr
 8AwRl9BmTqDvZMUPRsdXk+XqZyITGLt+kMa80hd+XFmNkoWy6EKMbFiuVjkpZqtL
 kX/Tfe5/mEiBegBvIUVkeOrA7MryNLOf0ZO+bLdNnSTJZJyIro1kAyIc
 =kgvC
 -----END PGP SIGNATURE-----

Merge tag 'linux-can-next-for-4.11-20170206' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/mkl/linux-can-next

Marc Kleine-Budde says:

====================
pull-request: can-next 2017-02-06

this is a pull request of 16 patches for net-next/master.

The first two patches by David Jander and me add the rx-offload
framework for CAN devices to the kernel. The remaining 14 patches
convert the flexcan driver to make use of it.
====================

Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-02-06 11:08:51 -05:00
Elad Raz
e158e5ef24 mlxsw: reg: Fix HTGT register length
HTGT register length is limited to 32 bytes and not 256 bytes.

Signed-off-by: Elad Raz <eladr@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-02-06 11:07:21 -05:00
Jingju Hou
b60a00f9c5 net: mvneta: implement .set_wol and .get_wol
The mvneta itself does not support WOL, but the PHY might.
So pass the calls to the PHY

Signed-off-by: Jingju Hou <houjingj@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Jisheng Zhang <jszhang@marvell.com>
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-02-06 10:54:02 -05:00
Marc Kleine-Budde
096de07f1d can: flexcan: switch imx6 and vf610 to timestamp based offloading
This patch switches the imx6 and vf610 based SoCs from the hardware FIFO
to the timestamp based rx offloading.

Signed-off-by: Marc Kleine-Budde <mkl@pengutronix.de>
2017-02-06 15:13:45 +01:00
Marc Kleine-Budde
b3cf53e988 can: flexcan: add support for timestamp based rx-offload
The flexcan IP core has 64 mailboxes. For now they are configured for
RX as a hardware FIFO. This FIFO has a fixed depth of 6 CAN frames. In
some high load scenarios it turns out thas this buffer is too small.

In order to have a buffer larger than the 6 frames FIFO, this patch adds
support for timestamp based offloading via the generic rx-offload
infrastructure.

Signed-off-by: Marc Kleine-Budde <mkl@pengutronix.de>
2017-02-06 15:13:44 +01:00
Marc Kleine-Budde
9eb7aa8911 can: flexcan: add quirk FLEXCAN_QUIRK_ENABLE_EACEN_RRS
In order to receive RTR frames in the non HW FIFO mode the RSS and EACEN bits
of the reg_ctrl2 have to be activated. As this has no side effect in the FIFO
mode, we do this unconditionally on cores with the reg_ctrl2.

Signed-off-by: Marc Kleine-Budde <mkl@pengutronix.de>
2017-02-06 15:13:42 +01:00
Marc Kleine-Budde
4bd888a80b can: flexcan: activate individual RX masking and initialize reg_rximr
Modern flexcan IP cores support two RX modes. One is using the 6 fames deep
hardware FIFO, the other is using up to 64 mailboxes (in non FIFO mode). For
now only the HW FIFO mode is activated.

In order to make use of the RX mailboxes the individual RX masking feature has
to be activated, otherwise matching mailboxes are overwritten during the
reception process. This however switches on the individual RX masking, which
uses reg_rximr registers for masking.

This patch activates the individual RX masking feature unconditionally and
initializes the mask registers (reg_rximr) with 0x0 == "don't care", which
switches off any filtering.

Signed-off-by: Marc Kleine-Budde <mkl@pengutronix.de>
2017-02-06 15:13:41 +01:00
Marc Kleine-Budde
30164759db can: flexcan: make use of rx-offload's irq_offload_fifo
This patch converts the flexcan driver to make use of the rx-offload
can_rx_offload_irq_offload_fifo() helper function. The idea is to read
the CAN frames already in the interrupt context, as the depth of the
flexcan HW FIFO is too shallow, resulting in too many missed frames.
During a normal NAPI poll the frames are the pushed into the upper
layers.

Signed-off-by: Marc Kleine-Budde <mkl@pengutronix.de>
2017-02-06 15:13:39 +01:00
Marc Kleine-Budde
b93917c370 can: flexcan: make TX mailbox selectable during runtime
This patch makes the TX mailbox selectable duing runtime. This is a preparation
patch to use of the hardware FIFO selectable via runtime. As the TX mailbox
number is different in HW FIFO and normal mode.

Signed-off-by: Marc Kleine-Budde <mkl@pengutronix.de>
2017-02-06 15:13:37 +01:00
Marc Kleine-Budde
28ac7dcd5b can: flexcan: calculate default value for imask1 during runtime
This patch converts the define FLEXCAN_IFLAG_DEFAULT into the runtime
calculated value priv->reg_imask1_default. This is a preparation patch to make
the TX mailbox selectable during runtime, too.

Signed-off-by: Marc Kleine-Budde <mkl@pengutronix.de>
2017-02-06 15:13:36 +01:00
Marc Kleine-Budde
dd2f122a96 can: flexcan: flexcan_irq(): don't unconditionally return IRQ_HANDLED
This patch changes the flexcan_irq() function to only return
IRQ_HANDLED, if the interrupt really has been handled, otherwise
IRQ_NONE is returned.

Signed-off-by: Marc Kleine-Budde <mkl@pengutronix.de>
2017-02-06 15:13:35 +01:00
Marc Kleine-Budde
a5c02f668c can: flexcan: flexcan_poll_bus_err(): fold in do_bus_err()
This patch folds in the do_bus_err() function into
flexcan_poll_bus_err().

Signed-off-by: Marc Kleine-Budde <mkl@pengutronix.de>
2017-02-06 15:13:34 +01:00
Marc Kleine-Budde
238443df81 can: flexcan: flexcan_poll_state(): no need to initialize new_state, rx_state, tx_state
This patch removed the not needed initialisation from the new_state,
rx_state, tx_state variabled.

Signed-off-by: Marc Kleine-Budde <mkl@pengutronix.de>
2017-02-06 15:13:32 +01:00
Marc Kleine-Budde
d166f56bf5 can: flexcan: do_bus_err(): convert rx_,tx_errors into bool
This patch converts the rx_errors and tx_errors from int into bool
values, to reflect their actual meaning.

Signed-off-by: Marc Kleine-Budde <mkl@pengutronix.de>
2017-02-06 15:13:31 +01:00
Marc Kleine-Budde
a3c11a7ac6 can: flexcan: make declaration of devtype_data const
This patch changes the declaration of the devtype data to const.

Signed-off-by: Marc Kleine-Budde <mkl@pengutronix.de>
2017-02-06 15:13:30 +01:00
Marc Kleine-Budde
1c10feee3e can: flexcan: remove write-only member pdata of struct flexcan_priv
This patch removes the write only member pdata from the struct
flexcan_priv.

Signed-off-by: Marc Kleine-Budde <mkl@pengutronix.de>
2017-02-06 15:13:28 +01:00
Marc Kleine-Budde
62d1086e87 can: flexcan: add missing register definitions
This patch adds some missing register definitions, which are needed in an
upcoming patch.

Signed-off-by: Marc Kleine-Budde <mkl@pengutronix.de>
2017-02-06 15:13:27 +01:00
Marc Kleine-Budde
3abbac0b5d can: rx-offload: Add support for timestamp based irq offloading
Some CAN controllers don't implement a FIFO in hardware, but fill their
mailboxes in a particular order (from lowest to highest or highest to lowest).
This makes problems to read the frames in the correct order from the hardware,
as new frames might be filled into just read (low) mailboxes. This gets worse,
when following new frames are received into not read (higher) mailboxes.

On the bright side some these CAN controllers put a timestamp on each received
CAN frame. This patch adds support to offload CAN frames in interrupt context,
order them by timestamp and then transmitted in a NAPI context.

Signed-off-by: Marc Kleine-Budde <mkl@pengutronix.de>
2017-02-06 15:13:24 +01:00
David Jander
d254586c34 can: rx-offload: Add support for HW fifo based irq offloading
Some CAN controllers have a usable FIFO already but can still benefit
from off-loading the CAN controller FIFO. The CAN frames of the FIFO are
read and put into a skb queue during interrupt and then transmitted in a
NAPI context.

Signed-off-by: David Jander <david@protonic.nl>
Signed-off-by: Marc Kleine-Budde <mkl@pengutronix.de>
2017-02-06 15:13:23 +01:00
Eric Dumazet
32e19300a4 aeroflex/greth: use napi_complete_done()
We plan to remove __napi_complete() soon,
this driver is the last user.

Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-02-05 16:11:57 -05:00
Eric Dumazet
3d1a6333d9 ibm/emac: use napi_complete_done()
Use napi_complete_done() instead of __napi_complete()

We plan to remove __napi_complete() to reduce NAPI complexity.

Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-02-05 16:11:57 -05:00
Eric Dumazet
0eb7b85c96 qla3xxx: add GRO support
Use napi_complete_done() instead of __napi_complete() to :

1) Get support of gro_flush_timeout if opt-in
2) Not rearm interrupts for busy-polling users.
3) use standard NAPI API.

Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-02-05 16:11:57 -05:00
Eric Dumazet
7ea4007757 ks8695net: add GRO support
Use napi_complete_done() instead of __napi_complete() to :

1) Get support of gro_flush_timeout if opt-in
2) Not rearm interrupts for busy-polling users.
3) use standard NAPI API.

Note that rx_lock seems to be useless, NAPI logic should
not need this extra care.

Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-02-05 16:11:57 -05:00
Eric Dumazet
135844ef9f skge: use napi_complete_done()
Use napi_complete_done() instead of __napi_complete() to :

1) Get support of gro_flush_timeout if opt-in
2) Not rearm interrupts for busy-polling users.
3) use standard NAPI API and get rid of napi_gro_flush()

Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-02-05 16:11:57 -05:00
Eric Dumazet
a396178972 ep93xx_eth: add GRO support
Use napi_complete_done() instead of __napi_complete() to :

1) Get support of gro_flush_timeout if opt-in
2) Not rearm interrupts for busy-polling users.
3) use standard NAPI API.
4) get rid of baroque code and ease maintenance.

Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-02-05 16:11:57 -05:00
Eric Dumazet
5b2ec6f2be pcnet32: use napi_complete_done()
Use napi_complete_done() instead of __napi_complete() to :

1) Get support of gro_flush_timeout if opt-in
2) Not rearm interrupts for busy-polling users.
3) use standard NAPI API.

Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-02-05 16:11:57 -05:00
Eric Dumazet
c46e9907d4 amd8111e: add GRO support
Use napi_complete_done() instead of __napi_complete() to :

1) Get support of gro_flush_timeout if opt-in
2) Not rearm interrupts for busy-polling users.
3) use standard NAPI API.
4) get rid of baroque code and ease maintenance.

Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-02-05 16:11:57 -05:00
Eric Dumazet
1fa8c5f33a epic100: use napi_complete_done()
Use napi_complete_done() instead of __napi_complete() to :

1) Get support of gro_flush_timeout if opt-in
2) Not rearm interrupts for busy-polling users.
3) use standard NAPI API.
4) get rid of baroque code and ease maintenance.

Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-02-05 16:11:57 -05:00
Eric Dumazet
ab1e7e1d26 8139cp: use napi_complete_done()
Use napi_complete_done() instead of __napi_complete() to :

1) Get support of gro_flush_timeout if opt-in
2) Not rearm interrupts for busy-polling users.
3) use standard NAPI API.
4) Eventually get rid of napi_gro_flush() in the future.

Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-02-05 16:11:57 -05:00
Eric Dumazet
617f01211b 8139too: use napi_complete_done()
Use napi_complete_done() instead of __napi_complete() to :

1) Get support of gro_flush_timeout if opt-in
2) Not rearm interrupts for busy-polling users.
3) use standard NAPI API.

Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-02-05 16:11:57 -05:00
Eric Dumazet
4d6308aac3 virtio_net: exploit napi_complete_done() return value
Since commit 364b605573 ("net: busy-poll: return busypolling status to
drivers"), napi_complete_done() returns a boolean that can be used
by drivers to conditionally rearm interrupts.

This patch changes virtio_net to use this boolean to avoid a bit of
overhead for busy-poll users.

Jason reports about 1.1% improvement for 1 byte TCP_RR (burst 100).

Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Acked-by: Jason Wang <jasowang@redhat.com>
Cc: Michael S. Tsirkin <mst@redhat.com>
Cc: Willem de Bruijn <willemb@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-02-04 19:38:28 -05:00
Linus Torvalds
412e6d3fec Char/misc driver fixes for 4.10-rc7
Here are two bugfixes that resolve some reported issues.  One in the
 firmware loader, that should fix the much-reported problem of crashes
 with it.  The other is a hyperv fix for a reported regression.
 
 Both have been in linux-next for a week or so with no reported issues.
 
 Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org>
 -----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
 
 iG0EABECAC0WIQT0tgzFv3jCIUoxPcsxR9QN2y37KQUCWJWsGA8cZ3JlZ0Brcm9h
 aC5jb20ACgkQMUfUDdst+ylWmwCgjvg9SImQDY2FKYNAOhQnBh9gtXUAn0Gux/KD
 yzqEsG5BOmjD3YcYGsx6
 =VzHo
 -----END PGP SIGNATURE-----

Merge tag 'char-misc-4.10-rc7' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/gregkh/char-misc

Pull char/misc driver fixes from Greg KH:
 "Here are two bugfixes that resolve some reported issues. One in the
  firmware loader, that should fix the much-reported problem of crashes
  with it. The other is a hyperv fix for a reported regression.

  Both have been in linux-next for a week or so with no reported issues"

* tag 'char-misc-4.10-rc7' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/gregkh/char-misc:
  Drivers: hv: vmbus: finally fix hv_need_to_signal_on_read()
  firmware: fix NULL pointer dereference in __fw_load_abort()
2017-02-04 10:44:15 -08:00
David S. Miller
a076d1bdc6 Merge branch '40GbE' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/jkirsher/next-queue
Jeff Kirsher says:

====================
40GbE Intel Wired LAN Driver Updates 2017-02-03

This series contains updates to i40e/i40evf only.

Jake fixes up the driver to not call i40e_vsi_kill_vlan() or
i40e_vsi_add_vlan() when the PVID is set or when the VID is less than 1.
Cleaned up a check which really is not needed since there is no real
reason why we cannot just call i40e_del_mac_all_vlan() directly.  Renamed
functions to better reflect their actual purpose and how they function
in a more clear manner.

Bimmy cleans up unused/deprecated macros.

Mitch cleans up unused device ids which were intended for use when
running Linux VF drivers under Hyper-V, but found to be not needed.
Then cleaned up a function that is no longer needed since the client
open and close functions were refactored.  Adds a sleep without timeout
until the reply from the PF driver has been received since the iWARP
client cannot continue until the operation has been completed.

Tushar Dave fixes an issue seen on SPARC where the use of the 'packed'
directive was causing kernel unaligned errors.

Alex does a refactor to pull some data off of the stack and store it
in the transmit buffer info section of the transmit ring.

Alan fixes a bug which was caused by passing a bad register value to the
firmware, by refactoring the macro INTRL_USEC_TO_REG into a static
inline function.  Also added feedback to the user as to the actual
interrupt rate limit being used when it differs from the requested limit.
====================

Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-02-04 12:13:27 -05:00
David S. Miller
7a655c6324 enic: Remove local ndo_busy_poll() implementation.
We do polling generically these days.

Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-02-03 17:28:21 -05:00
Eric Dumazet
508aac6dee ixgbevf: get rid of custom busy polling code
In linux-4.5, busy polling was implemented in core
NAPI stack, meaning that all custom implementation can
be removed from drivers.

Not only we remove lot's of code, we also remove one lock
operation in fast path, and allow GRO to do its job.

Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Cc: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Acked-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-02-03 17:17:53 -05:00
Eric Dumazet
3ffc1af576 ixgbe: get rid of custom busy polling code
In linux-4.5, busy polling was implemented in core
NAPI stack, meaning that all custom implementation can
be removed from drivers.

Not only we remove lot's of code, we also remove one lock
operation in fast path, and allow GRO to do its job.

Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Cc: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Acked-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-02-03 17:17:52 -05:00
Jiri Pirko
7aa0f5aa90 mlxsw: spectrum: Implement TC flower offload
Extend the existing setup_tc ndo call and allow to offload cls_flower
rules. Only limited set of dissector keys and actions are supported now.
Use previously introduced ACL infrastructure to offload cls_flower rules
to be processed in the HW.

Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-02-03 16:35:43 -05:00
Jiri Pirko
22a677661f mlxsw: spectrum: Introduce ACL core with simple TCAM implementation
Add ACL core infrastructure for Spectrum ASIC. This infra provides an
abstraction layer over specific HW implementations. There are two basic
objects used. One is "rule" and the second is "ruleset" which serves as a
container of multiple rules. In general, within one ruleset the rules are
allowed to have multiple priorities and masks. Each ruleset is bound to
either ingress or egress a of port netdevice.

The initial TCAM implementation is very simple and limited. It utilizes
parman lsort manager to take care of TCAM region layout.

Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-02-03 16:35:43 -05:00
Jiri Pirko
8708ecf01d mlxsw: resources: Add ACL related resources
Add couple of resource limits related to ACL.

Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-02-03 16:35:42 -05:00
Jiri Pirko
b876b9aaad mlxsw: spectrum: Introduce basic set of flexible key blocks
Introduce basic set of Spectrum flexible key blocks. It contains blocks
needed to carry all elements defined so far.

Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-02-03 16:35:41 -05:00
Jiri Pirko
4cda7d8d70 mlxsw: core: Introduce flexible actions support
Each entry which is matched during ACL lookup points to an action set.
This action set contains up to three separate actions. If more actions
are needed to be chained, the extended set is created to hold them
in KVD linear area.

This patch implements handling of sets and encoding of actions.
Currectly, only two actions are supported. Drop and forward. Forward
action uses PBS pointer to KVD linear area, so the action code needs to
take care of this as well.

Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-02-03 16:35:41 -05:00
Jiri Pirko
3f1a84e696 mlxsw: core: Introduce flexible keys support
Hardware supports matching on so called "flexible keys". The idea is to
assemble an optimal key to use for matching according to the fields in
packet (elements) requested by user. Certain sets of elements are
combined into pre-defined blocks. There is a picker to find needed blocks.
Keys consist of 1..n blocks.

Alongside with that, an initial portion of elements is introduced in order
to be able to offload basic cls_flower rules.

Picked keys are cached so multiple rules could share them.

There is an encode function provided that takes care of encoding key and
mask values according to given key.

Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-02-03 16:35:41 -05:00
Jiri Pirko
e3426e12fe mlxsw: reg: Add Policy-Engine Extended Flexible Action Register
PEFA register is used for accessing an extended flexible action entry
in the central KVD Linear Database.

Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-02-03 16:35:40 -05:00
Jiri Pirko
d120649d86 mlxsw: reg: Add Policy-Engine Policy Based Switching Register
The PPBS register retrieves and sets Policy Based Switching Table entries.

Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-02-03 16:35:40 -05:00
Jiri Pirko
937b682cc0 mlxsw: reg: Add Policy-Engine Rules Copy Register
The PRCR register is used for accessing rules within a TCAM region.

Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-02-03 16:35:40 -05:00
Jiri Pirko
af7170eee6 mlxsw: reg: Add Policy-Engine Port Binding Table
The PPBT is used for configuration of the Port Binding Table.

Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-02-03 16:35:39 -05:00
Jiri Pirko
0171cdec03 mlxsw: reg: Add Policy-Engine TCAM Entry Register Version 2
The PTCE-V2 register is used for accessing rules within a TCAM region.
It is a new version of PTCE in order to support wider key, mask and
action within a TCAM region.

Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-02-03 16:35:39 -05:00
Jiri Pirko
d9c2661e1c mlxsw: reg: Add Policy-Engine TCAM Allocation Register
The PTAR register is used for allocation of regions in the TCAM.

Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-02-03 16:35:39 -05:00
Jiri Pirko
10fabef513 mlxsw: reg: Add Policy-Engine ACL Group Table register
The PAGT register is used for configuration of the ACL Group Table.

Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-02-03 16:35:38 -05:00
Jiri Pirko
3279da4c88 mlxsw: reg: Add Policy-Engine ACL Register
The PACL register is used for configuration of the ACL.

Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-02-03 16:35:38 -05:00
Jiri Pirko
d5e556c6a1 mlxsw: item: Add helpers for getting pointer into payload for char buffer item
Sometimes it is handy to get a pointer to a char buffer item and use it
direcly to write/read data. So add these helpers.

Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-02-03 16:35:38 -05:00
Jiri Pirko
2946fde9fd mlxsw: item: Add 8bit item helpers
Item heplers for 8bit values are needed, let's add them.

Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-02-03 16:35:37 -05:00
Zhu Yanjun
3d67576da1 bonding: Remove unnecessary returned value check
The function bond_info_query alwarys returns 0. As such, in the function
bond_do_ioctl, it is not necessary to check the returned value. So the
interface type of the function bond_info_query is changed to void. The
redundant check is removed.

Signed-off-by: Zhu Yanjun <yanjun.zhu@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-02-03 16:25:17 -05:00
Eric Dumazet
5226b79196 cxgb4: get rid of custom busy poll code
In linux-4.5, busy polling was implemented in core
NAPI stack, meaning that all custom implementation can
be removed from drivers.

Not only we remove lot of code, we also remove one spin_lock()
from driver fast path.

Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Cc: Ganesh Goudar <ganeshgr@chelsio.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-02-03 16:18:01 -05:00
Eric Dumazet
362108b5ad myri10ge: get rid of custom busy poll code
Compared to custom busy_poll, the generic NAPI one is simpler and
removes a lot of code. It removes one atomic in the fast path (when
busy poll is not in action) since we do not have to use an extra
spinlock.

Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-02-03 16:18:00 -05:00
Eric Dumazet
fb6113e688 be2net: get rid of custom busy poll code
Compared to custom busy_poll, the generic NAPI one is better, since
it allows to use GRO, and it removes a lot of code and extra locked
operations in fast path.

Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Cc: Sathya Perla <sathya.perla@broadcom.com>
Cc: Ajit Khaparde <ajit.khaparde@broadcom.com>
Cc: Sriharsha Basavapatna <sriharsha.basavapatna@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-02-03 16:06:55 -05:00
Roopa Prabhu
3ad7a4b141 vxlan: support fdb and learning in COLLECT_METADATA mode
Vxlan COLLECT_METADATA mode today solves the per-vni netdev
scalability problem in l3 networks. It expects all forwarding
information to be present in dst_metadata. This patch series
enhances collect metadata mode to include the case where only
vni is present in dst_metadata, and the vxlan driver can then use
the rest of the forwarding information datbase to make forwarding
decisions. There is no change to default COLLECT_METADATA
behaviour. These changes only apply to COLLECT_METADATA when
used with the bridging use-case with a special dst_metadata
tunnel info flag (eg: where vxlan device is part of a bridge).
For all this to work, the vxlan driver will need to now support a
single fdb table hashed by mac + vni. This series essentially makes
this happen.

use-case and workflow:
vxlan collect metadata device participates in bridging vlan
to vn-segments. Bridge driver above the vxlan device,
sends the vni corresponding to the vlan in the dst_metadata.
vxlan driver will lookup forwarding database with (mac + vni)
for the required remote destination information to forward the
packet.

Changes introduced by this patch:
    - allow learning and forwarding database state in vxlan netdev in
      COLLECT_METADATA mode. Current behaviour is not changed
      by default. tunnel info flag IP_TUNNEL_INFO_BRIDGE is used
      to support the new bridge friendly mode.
    - A single fdb table hashed by (mac, vni) to allow fdb entries with
      multiple vnis in the same fdb table
    - rx path already has the vni
    - tx path expects a vni in the packet with dst_metadata
    - prior to this series, fdb remote_dsts carried remote vni and
      the vxlan device carrying the fdb table represented the
      source vni. With the vxlan device now representing multiple vnis,
      this patch adds a src vni attribute to the fdb entry. The remote
      vni already uses NDA_VNI attribute. This patch introduces
      NDA_SRC_VNI netlink attribute to represent the src vni in a multi
      vni fdb table.

iproute2 example (patched and pruned iproute2 output to just show
relevant fdb entries):
example shows same host mac learnt on two vni's.

before (netdev per vni):
$bridge fdb show | grep "00:02:00:00:00:03"
00:02:00:00:00:03 dev vxlan1001 dst 12.0.0.8 self
00:02:00:00:00:03 dev vxlan1000 dst 12.0.0.8 self

after this patch with collect metadata in bridged mode (single netdev):
$bridge fdb show | grep "00:02:00:00:00:03"
00:02:00:00:00:03 dev vxlan0 src_vni 1001 dst 12.0.0.8 self
00:02:00:00:00:03 dev vxlan0 src_vni 1000 dst 12.0.0.8 self

Signed-off-by: Roopa Prabhu <roopa@cumulusnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-02-03 15:21:21 -05:00
Arnd Bergmann
ff3edc9b8e hns_enet: use cpumask_var_t for on-stack mask
On large SMP builds, we can run into a build warning:

drivers/net/ethernet/hisilicon/hns/hns_enet.c: In function 'hns_set_irq_affinity.isra.27':
drivers/net/ethernet/hisilicon/hns/hns_enet.c:1242:1: warning: the frame size of 1032 bytes is larger than 1024 bytes [-Wframe-larger-than=]

The solution here is to use cpumask_var_t, which can use dynamic
allocation when CONFIG_CPUMASK_OFFSTACK is enabled.

Signed-off-by: Arnd Bergmann <arnd@arndb.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-02-03 11:14:50 -05:00
Eric Dumazet
ceef438d61 virtio_net: remove custom busy_poll
Generic NAPI busy polling allows us to remove custom implementations
found in drivers.

It is possible further optimization could be done by testing
napi_complete_done() return value.

Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Acked-by: Michael S. Tsirkin <mst@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-02-03 11:13:55 -05:00
Eric Dumazet
c45f8e109b atl1e: add GRO support
It is time to add GRO support to this driver.

Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-02-03 11:13:17 -05:00
Arjun V
0d4b729dac cxgb4: Fix uld_send() for ctrl pkts
Without any uld being loaded, uld_txq_info[] will be NULL. uld_send()
is also used for sending control work requests(for eg: setting filter)
that dont require any ulds to be loaded. Hence move uld_txq_info[]
assignment after ctrl_xmit().

Also added a NULL check for uld_txq_info[].

Fixes: 94cdb8bb99 (cxgb4: Add support for dynamic allocation
       of resources for ULD).
Signed-off-by: Arjun V <arjun@chelsio.com>
Signed-off-by: Casey Leedom <leedom@chelsio.com>
Signed-off-by: Ganesh Goudar <ganeshgr@chelsio.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-02-03 11:04:32 -05:00
Eric Dumazet
86bc8b310f sfc-falcon: get rid of custom busy polling code
In linux-4.5, busy polling was implemented in core
NAPI stack, meaning that all custom implementation can
be removed from drivers.

Not only we remove lot's of tricky code, we also remove
one lock operation in fast path.

Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Cc: Edward Cree <ecree@solarflare.com>
Cc: Bert Kenward <bkenward@solarflare.com>
Acked-by: Bert Kenward <bkenward@solarflare.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-02-03 09:56:50 -05:00
Eric Dumazet
e7fe949126 sfc: get rid of custom busy polling code
In linux-4.5, busy polling was implemented in core
NAPI stack, meaning that all custom implementation can
be removed from drivers.

Not only we remove lot's of tricky code, we also remove
one lock operation in fast path.

Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Cc: Edward Cree <ecree@solarflare.com>
Cc: Bert Kenward <bkenward@solarflare.com>
Acked-by: Bert Kenward <bkenward@solarflare.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-02-03 09:56:50 -05:00
Johannes Berg
6ea29ce574 iwlwifi: mvm: set AID to firmware only for associated stations
The firmware will soon actually look at the AID field, and
when it does that it'll try to ensure that the AID is never
changing. Due to the way the station is added, it may start
with an invalid AID before it's associated, so to ensure a
constant AID (once it becomes non-zero), track the station
state and set the AID only when the station is associated
and when it disassociates.

Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
2017-02-03 16:26:43 +02:00
Johannes Berg
cba84570a0 iwlwifi: mvm: fix D3 replay counter value
This fixes a long-standing bug that was introduced when this code
was introduced: cfg80211 passes a pointer, but we treat it as if
it was passing a value. The result is that we pass the pointer to
the firmware, instead of the value. It's not clear how this could
ever have worked, unless the firmware is ignoring this value.

Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
2017-02-03 16:26:42 +02:00
Sara Sharon
4b70f07686 iwlwifi: mvm: synchronize firmware DMA paging memory
When driver needs to access the contents of a streaming DMA buffer
without unmapping it it should call dma_sync_single_for_cpu().
Once the call has been made, the CPU "owns" the DMA buffer and can
work with it as needed.
Before the device accesses the buffer, however, ownership should be
transferred back to it with dma_sync_single_for_device().
Both calls weren't performed by the driver, resulting with odd paging
errors on some platforms. Fix it.

Fixes: a6c4fb4441 ("iwlwifi: mvm: Add FW paging mechanism for the UMAC on PCI")
Signed-off-by: Sara Sharon <sara.sharon@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
2017-02-03 16:26:42 +02:00
Sara Sharon
5c228d63f9 iwlwifi: mvm: support new alive notification
Support getting alive from two LMACs and dumping debug
data from both.
Deprecate older alive notifications no one is using.

Signed-off-by: Sara Sharon <sara.sharon@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
2017-02-03 16:26:41 +02:00
Johannes Berg
45b957e3ed iwlwifi: mvm: reduce usage of IEEE80211_SKB_CB()
There's already a variable with the result in scope, use that.

Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
2017-02-03 16:26:41 +02:00
Sara Sharon
01796ff2fa iwlwifi: mvm: always free inactive queue when moving ownership
If iwl_mvm_find_free_queue() doesn't find a free queue, it will
return an inactive one.
However, not all the call paths free this queue before reassigning
it, which is a bug.
Check it in other paths and act accordingly.

Fixes: 9794c64f30 ("iwlwifi: mvm: support dqa queue inactivation upon timeout")
Signed-off-by: Sara Sharon <sara.sharon@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
2017-02-03 16:26:40 +02:00
Sara Sharon
9ba221b372 iwlwifi: mvm: support new scan API
For CDB devices we will want to configure scan parameters
per band.
Support the new scan API for now. Logic per band will be
added in the future.

Signed-off-by: Sara Sharon <sara.sharon@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
2017-02-03 16:26:40 +02:00
Sara Sharon
0e7ac018dc iwlwifi: mvm: support new statistics APIs
For CDB arch there is another auxiliary mac.
Support statistics APIs that were changed to reflect that.

Signed-off-by: Sara Sharon <sara.sharon@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
2017-02-03 16:26:39 +02:00
Sara Sharon
4f23f206dd iwlwifi: mvm: cleanup incorrect and redundant define
Currently we have up to 3 phy contexts - defined by NUM_PHY_CTX.
However - some code paths validate the ID by using MAX_PHYS define
which is set to 4.
While there is no harm it is incorrect - since the maximum is 3.
Remove the define and use the correct one.
Cleanup the code a bit while at it.

Signed-off-by: Sara Sharon <sara.sharon@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
2017-02-03 16:26:39 +02:00
Beni Lev
6574dc943f iwlwifi: mvm: Use aux queue for offchannel frames in dqa
Since offchannel activity doesn't always require a BSS, e.g. ANQP
sessions, offchannel frames should not use the BSS queue, because it
might not be initialized.
Use the auxilary queue instead

Fixes: e3118ad74d ("iwlwifi: mvm: support tdls in dqa mode")
Signed-off-by: Beni Lev <beni.lev@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
2017-02-03 16:26:39 +02:00
Golan Ben-Ami
19f63c531b iwlwifi: mvm: support v2 of mfuart load notification
Add to the v1 of the mfuart loading notification, the size
of the mfuart image, and write it to dmesg once the notification
is received.

Signed-off-by: Golan Ben-Ami <golan.ben.ami@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
2017-02-03 16:26:38 +02:00
Sara Sharon
1f37065083 iwlwifi: mvm: support unification of INIT and RT images
For a000 devices the INIT and RT images are unified to one
image.
The changes in the flow are the following:
* Driver load only RT firmware - meaning that the nvm access
  command will be done in the RT image load flow.
* A new command (NVM_ACCESS_COMPLETE) now signals to the FW that
  the driver is done accessing the NVM and FW can proceed with phy
  calibrations.
* Phy DB is no longer sent from INIT FW to be restored by driver
  for the RT FW - all the phy DB is now internal to the FW.
  INIT complete will now follow the NVM access command, without
  phy DB calls before.
* Paging command is sent earlier in the flow before NVM access
  to enable a complete load of FW.
* caution must be care when restart is called since we may have
  not completed init flow even though we are in RT firmware.

Signed-off-by: Sara Sharon <sara.sharon@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
2017-02-03 16:26:38 +02:00
Emmanuel Grumbach
143b0b2ae8 iwlwifi: mvm: fix PS-Poll enablement
We added the uAPSD enabled ACs and that made the
firmware choose to pull frames with uAPSD trigger
frames instead of PS-Poll.
Fix that.

Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
2017-02-03 16:26:37 +02:00
Harsh Jain
8a13449fce crypto: chcr - Change flow IDs
Change assign flowc id to each outgoing request.Firmware use flowc id
to schedule each request onto HW. FW reply may miss without this change.

Reviewed-by: Hariprasad Shenai <hariprasad@chelsio.com>
Signed-off-by: Atul Gupta <atul.gupta@chelsio.com>
Signed-off-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
2017-02-03 18:16:15 +08:00
Alan Brady
33084060fb i40e: add interrupt rate limit verbosity
Due to the resolution of the register controlling interrupt rate
limiting, setting certain values for the interrupt rate limit make it
appear as though the limiting is not completely accurate.  The problem
is that the interrupt rate limit is getting rounded down to the nearest
multiple of 4.  This patch fixes the problem by adding some feedback to
the user as to the actual interrupt rate limit being used when it
differs from the requested limit.  Without this patch setting interrupt
rate limits may appear to behave inaccurately.

Change-ID: I3093cf3f2d437d35a4c4f4bb5af5ce1b85ab21b7
Signed-off-by: Alan Brady <alan.brady@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
2017-02-02 22:43:09 -08:00
Alan Brady
1c0e6a3613 i40e: refactor macro INTRL_USEC_TO_REG
This patch refactors the macro INTRL_USEC_TO_REG into a static inline
function and fixes a couple subtle bugs caused by the macro.

This patch fixes a bug which was caused by passing a bad register value
to the firmware.  If enabling interrupt rate limiting, a non-zero value
for the rate limit must be used.  Otherwise the firmware sets the
interrupt rate limit to the maximum value.  Due to the limited
resolution of the register, attempting to set a value of 1, 2, or 3
would be rounded down to 0 and limiting was left enabled, causing
unexpected behavior.

This patch also fixes a possible bug in which using the macro itself can
introduce unintended side-affects because the macro argument is used
more than once in the macro definition (e.g. a variable post-increment
argument would perform a double increment on the variable).

Without this patch, attempting to set interrupt rate limits of 1, 2, or
3 results in unexpected behavior and future use of this macro could
cause subtle bugs.

Change-Id: I83ac842de0ca9c86761923d6e3a4d7b1b95f2b3f
Signed-off-by: Alan Brady <alan.brady@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
2017-02-02 22:42:40 -08:00
Mitch Williams
04766b22cf i40e: remove unused function
After refactoring the client open and close code, this is no longer
needed. Remove it.

Change-ID: If8e6e32baa354d857c2fd8b2f19404f1786011c4
Signed-off-by: Mitch Williams <mitch.a.williams@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
2017-02-02 22:42:10 -08:00
Jayaprakash Shanmugam
11131e2b8e i40e: Remove FPK HyperV VF device ID
Requirement for VFs to use the VMBus has been removed that's why
removing Hyper-V VF device ID.

Change-ID: I84f0964f443ee0db3e5e444b5ace996eb71b8280
Signed-off-by: Jayaprakash Shanmugam <jayaprakash.shanmugam@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
2017-02-02 22:41:40 -08:00
Alexander Duyck
52ea3e8020 i40e: Quick refactor to start moving data off stack and into Tx buffer info
This patch does some quick work to pull some of the data off of the stack
and hopefully start storing it in the Tx buffer info section of the Tx
ring.  Ideally we should be moving away from having to store much of
anything on the stack and can just maintain it all in the descriptor rings.

Change-ID: I4b4715ea1920e122502482b3f9e56a9a6cb1e9fe
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
2017-02-02 22:41:10 -08:00
Tushar Dave
9588397d24 i40e: remove unnecessary __packed
'struct i40e_dma_mem' defined with 'packed' directive causing kernel
unaligned errors on sparc.

e.g.
i40e: Intel(R) Ethernet Connection XL710 Network Driver - version
1.6.16-k
i40e: Copyright (c) 2013 - 2014 Intel Corporation.
Kernel unaligned access at TPC[44894c] dma_4v_alloc_coherent+0x1ac/0x300
Kernel unaligned access at TPC[44894c] dma_4v_alloc_coherent+0x1ac/0x300
Kernel unaligned access at TPC[44894c] dma_4v_alloc_coherent+0x1ac/0x300
Kernel unaligned access at TPC[44894c] dma_4v_alloc_coherent+0x1ac/0x300
Kernel unaligned access at TPC[44894c] dma_4v_alloc_coherent+0x1ac/0x300
i40e 0000:03:00.0: fw 5.1.40981 api 1.5 nvm 5.04 0x80002548 0.0.0

This can be fixed with get_unaligned/put_unaligned(). However no
reference in driver shows that 'struct i40e_dma_mem' directly shoved
into NIC hardware. But instead fields of the struct are being read and
used for hardware. Therefore, __packed is unnecessary for 'struct
i40e_dma_mem'.

In addition, although 'struct i40e_virt_mem' doesn't cause any
unaligned access, keeping it packed is unnecessary as well because
of aforementioned reason.

This change make 'struct i40e_dma_mem' and 'struct i40e_virt_mem'
unpacked.

Signed-off-by: Tushar Dave <tushar.n.dave@oracle.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
2017-02-02 22:40:39 -08:00
Mitch Williams
17901e1bde i40evf: remove unused device ID
This device ID was intended for use when running Linux VF drivers under
Hyper-V, but we have determined that it is not necessary. Since it is
unused, and will never be used, remove it.

Change-ID: I74998ab4237db043cd400547bb54a0a5e2a37ea5
Signed-off-by: Mitch Williams <mitch.a.williams@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
2017-02-02 22:40:09 -08:00
Bimmy Pujari
6de432c5ae i40e: Deprecating unused macro
I40E_MAC_X710 was supposed to be for 10G and I40E_MAC_XL710
was supposed to be for 40G. But function i40e_is_mac_710
sets I40E_MAC_XL710 for all device IDS, I40E_MAC_X710 is not
used at all. As there is nothing to compare there is no need
for this function. Thus deprecating this extra macro and
removing this function entirely and replacing it with a direct
check.

Change-ID: I7d1769954dccd574a290ac04adb836ebd156730e
Signed-off-by: Bimmy Pujari <bimmy.pujari@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
2017-02-02 22:39:39 -08:00
Jacob Keller
9569a9a454 i40e: when adding or removing MAC filters, correctly handle VLANs
Instead of using i40e_add_filter or i40e_del_filter directly, when
adding a MAC address, we should normally be using i40e_add_mac_filter or
i40e_del_mac_filter. These functions correctly handle the various cases
of VLAN mode or PVID settings. This ensures consistency and avoids the
issues that can occur with the recent addition of a WARN_ON() in
i40e_sync_vsi_filters.

Change-ID: I7fe62db063391fdd1180b2d6a6a3c5ab4307eeee
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
2017-02-02 22:39:09 -08:00
Jacob Keller
148141bb26 i40e: avoid O(n^2) loop when deleting all filters
Use __i40e_del_filter instead of using i40e_del_filter() which will
avoid doing an additional search to delete a filter we already have the
pointer for.

Change-ID: Iea5a7e3cafbf8c682ed9d3b6c69cf5ff53f44daf
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
2017-02-02 22:38:39 -08:00
Jacob Keller
feffdbe47d i40e: rename i40e_put_mac_in_vlan and i40e_del_mac_all_vlan
These functions purpose is to add a new MAC filter correctly, whether
we're using VLANs or not. Their goal is to ensure that all active VLANs
get the new MAC filter. Rename them so that their intent is clear. They
function correctly regardless of whether we have any active VLANs or
only have I40E_VLAN_ANY filters. The new names convey how they function
in a more clear manner.

Change-ID: Iec1961f968c0223a7132724a74e26a665750b107
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
2017-02-02 22:38:09 -08:00
Jacob Keller
d983001f04 i40e: no need to check is_vsi_in_vlan before calling i40e_del_mac_all_vlan
This function won't be appreciably slower when in VLAN mode, so there is
no real reason to not just call it directly. In either case, we still
must search the full table for a MAC/VLAN pair. We do get to stop
searching a tiny bit early in the case of knowing we are not in VLAN
mode, but this is a minor savings and we can avoid the code complexity
by not having to worry about the check.

Change-ID: I533412195b3a42f51cf629e3675dd5145aea8625
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
2017-02-02 22:37:39 -08:00
Jacob Keller
7aaf9536c4 i40e: fold the i40e_is_vsi_in_vlan check into i40e_put_mac_in_vlan
Fold the check for determining when to call i40e_put_mac_in_vlan directly
into the function so that we don't need to decide which function to use
ahead of time. This allows us to just call i40e_put_mac_in_vlan directly
without having to check ahead of time.

Change-ID: Ifff526940748ac14b8418be5df5a149502eed137
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
2017-02-02 22:37:09 -08:00
Jacob Keller
f94484b758 i40e: don't allow i40e_vsi_(add|kill)_vlan to operate when VID<1
Now that we have the separate i40e_(add|rm)_vlan_all_mac functions, we
should not be using the i40e_vsi_kill_vlan or i40e_vsi_add_vlan
functions when PVID is set or when VID is less than 1. This allows us to
remove some checks in i40e_vsi_add_vlan and ensures that callers which
need to handle VID=0 or VID=-1 don't accidentally invoke the VLAN mode
handling used to convert filters when entering VLAN mode. We also update
the functions to take u16 instead of s16 as well since they no longer
expect to be called with VID=I40E_VLAN_ANY.

Change-ID: Ibddf44a8bb840dde8ceef2a4fdb92fd953b05a57
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
2017-02-02 22:36:38 -08:00
Mao Wenan
cafe8df8b9 net: phy: Fix lack of reference count on PHY driver
There is currently no reference count being held on the PHY driver,
which makes it possible to remove the PHY driver module while the PHY
state machine is running and polling the PHY. This could cause crashes
similar to this one to show up:

[   43.361162] BUG: unable to handle kernel NULL pointer dereference at 0000000000000140
[   43.361162] IP: phy_state_machine+0x32/0x490
[   43.361162] PGD 59dc067
[   43.361162] PUD 0
[   43.361162]
[   43.361162] Oops: 0000 [#1] SMP
[   43.361162] Modules linked in: dsa_loop [last unloaded: broadcom]
[   43.361162] CPU: 0 PID: 1299 Comm: kworker/0:3 Not tainted 4.10.0-rc5+ #415
[   43.361162] Hardware name: QEMU Standard PC (i440FX + PIIX, 1996),
BIOS Ubuntu-1.8.2-1ubuntu2 04/01/2014
[   43.361162] Workqueue: events_power_efficient phy_state_machine
[   43.361162] task: ffff880006782b80 task.stack: ffffc90000184000
[   43.361162] RIP: 0010:phy_state_machine+0x32/0x490
[   43.361162] RSP: 0018:ffffc90000187e18 EFLAGS: 00000246
[   43.361162] RAX: 0000000000000000 RBX: ffff8800059e53c0 RCX:
ffff880006a15c60
[   43.361162] RDX: ffff880006782b80 RSI: 0000000000000000 RDI:
ffff8800059e5428
[   43.361162] RBP: ffffc90000187e48 R08: ffff880006a15c40 R09:
0000000000000000
[   43.361162] R10: 0000000000000000 R11: 0000000000000000 R12:
ffff8800059e5428
[   43.361162] R13: ffff8800059e5000 R14: 0000000000000000 R15:
ffff880006a15c40
[   43.361162] FS:  0000000000000000(0000) GS:ffff880006a00000(0000)
knlGS:0000000000000000
[   43.361162] CS:  0010 DS: 0000 ES: 0000 CR0: 0000000080050033
[   43.361162] CR2: 0000000000000140 CR3: 0000000005979000 CR4:
00000000000006f0
[   43.361162] Call Trace:
[   43.361162]  process_one_work+0x1b4/0x3e0
[   43.361162]  worker_thread+0x43/0x4d0
[   43.361162]  ? __schedule+0x17f/0x4e0
[   43.361162]  kthread+0xf7/0x130
[   43.361162]  ? process_one_work+0x3e0/0x3e0
[   43.361162]  ? kthread_create_on_node+0x40/0x40
[   43.361162]  ret_from_fork+0x29/0x40
[   43.361162] Code: 56 41 55 41 54 4c 8d 67 68 53 4c 8d af 40 fc ff ff
48 89 fb 4c 89 e7 48 83 ec 08 e8 c9 9d 27 00 48 8b 83 60 ff ff ff 44 8b
73 98 <48> 8b 90 40 01 00 00 44 89 f0 48 85 d2 74 08 4c 89 ef ff d2 8b

Keep references on the PHY driver module right before we are going to
utilize it in phy_attach_direct(), and conversely when we don't use it
anymore in phy_detach().

Signed-off-by: Mao Wenan <maowenan@huawei.com>
[florian: rebase, rework commit message]
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-02-02 22:59:43 -05:00
Andrew Lunn
740117a8e2 net: dsa: mv88e6xxx: Fix typ0 when configuring 2.5Gbps
In order to enable 2.5Gbps mode, we need the base speed of 10G, plus
the Alt bit setting. Fix a typ0 that used 1Gb base speed.

Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Reviewed-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-02-02 22:06:43 -05:00
Andrew Lunn
b91e055c57 net: dsa: mv88e6xxx: Fix ATU age timer for MV88E6390
The MV88E6390 family uses a different ATU age timer coefficient.
Fix the info structures.

Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Reviewed-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-02-02 22:06:43 -05:00
Andrew Lunn
60f06fde4c net: phy: marvell: Add support for 88e1545 PHY
The 88e1545 PHYs are discrete Marvell PHYs, found in a quad package on
the zii-devel-b board. Add support for it to the Marvell PHY driver.

Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-02-02 22:05:28 -05:00
Heiner Kallweit
fd3984e6e7 net: stmmac: Fix wrong message in stmmac_probe_config_dt
Most likely a copy & paste error in referenced commit.
Restore the debug message to what it was before.

Fixes: f573c0b9c4 ("stmmac: move stmmac_clk, pclk, clk_ptp_ref and stmmac_rst to platform structure")
Signed-off-by: Heiner Kallweit <hkallweit1@gmail.com>
Acked-By: Joao Pinto <jpinto@synopsys.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-02-02 22:02:31 -05:00
Heiner Kallweit
722eef2861 net: stmmac: add separate warning for PTP not being supported by HW
Chips like Amlogic S905GXBB are supported by this driver but don't
have support for PTP. Add a separate warning for missing HW support
to differentiate it from other actual failures.

Signed-off-by: Heiner Kallweit <hkallweit1@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-02-02 22:00:48 -05:00
Heiner Kallweit
d6db61a40e net: stmmac: don't set tx delay in RGMII_ID and RGMII_TXID mode
As documented in Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/ethernet.txt,
in RGMII_ID and RGMII_TXID mode the MAC should not add a tx delay.

Signed-off-by: Heiner Kallweit <hkallweit1@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-02-02 21:59:51 -05:00
Andrew Lunn
e4cf8a38fc net: phy: Marvell: Add mv88e6390 internal PHY
The mv88e6390 Ethernet switch has internal PHYs. These PHYs don't have
an model ID in the ID2 register. So the MDIO driver in the switch
intercepts reads to this register, and returns the switch family ID.
Extend the Marvell PHY driver by including this ID, and treat the PHY
as a 88E1540.

Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-02-02 21:50:51 -05:00
Andrew Lunn
da9f33018e net: dsa: mv88e6xxx: Workaround missing PHY ID on mv88e6390
The internal PHYs of the mv88e6390 do not have a model ID. Trap any
calls to the ID register, and if it is zero, return the ID for the
mv88e6390. The Marvell PHY driver can then bind to this ID.

Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-02-02 21:50:51 -05:00
Martin KaFai Lau
770f82253d mlx4: xdp_prog becomes inactive after ethtool '-L' or '-G'
After calling mlx4_en_try_alloc_resources (e.g. by changing the
number of rx-queues with ethtool -L), the existing xdp_prog becomes
inactive.

The bug is that the xdp_prog ptr has not been carried over from
the old rx-queues to the new rx-queues

Fixes: 47a38e1550 ("net/mlx4_en: add support for fast rx drop bpf program")
Cc: Brenden Blanco <bblanco@plumgrid.com>
Cc: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Cc: Tariq Toukan <tariqt@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Martin KaFai Lau <kafai@fb.com>
Reviewed-by: Tariq Toukan <tariqt@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-02-02 21:27:05 -05:00
Martin KaFai Lau
f32b20e89e mlx4: Fix memory leak after mlx4_en_update_priv()
In mlx4_en_update_priv(), dst->tx_ring[t] and dst->tx_cq[t]
are over-written by src->tx_ring[t] and src->tx_cq[t] without
first calling kfree.

One of the reproducible code paths is by doing 'ethtool -L'.

The fix is to do the kfree in mlx4_en_free_resources().

Here is the kmemleak report:
unreferenced object 0xffff880841211800 (size 2048):
  comm "ethtool", pid 3096, jiffies 4294716940 (age 528.353s)
  hex dump (first 32 bytes):
    00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00  ................
    00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00  ................
  backtrace:
    [<ffffffff81930718>] kmemleak_alloc+0x28/0x50
    [<ffffffff8120b213>] kmem_cache_alloc_trace+0x103/0x260
    [<ffffffff8170e0a8>] mlx4_en_try_alloc_resources+0x118/0x1a0
    [<ffffffff817065a9>] mlx4_en_set_ringparam+0x169/0x210
    [<ffffffff818040c5>] dev_ethtool+0xae5/0x2190
    [<ffffffff8181b898>] dev_ioctl+0x168/0x6f0
    [<ffffffff817d7a72>] sock_do_ioctl+0x42/0x50
    [<ffffffff817d819b>] sock_ioctl+0x21b/0x2d0
    [<ffffffff81247a73>] do_vfs_ioctl+0x93/0x6a0
    [<ffffffff812480f9>] SyS_ioctl+0x79/0x90
    [<ffffffff8193d7ea>] entry_SYSCALL_64_fastpath+0x18/0xad
    [<ffffffffffffffff>] 0xffffffffffffffff
unreferenced object 0xffff880841213000 (size 2048):
  comm "ethtool", pid 3096, jiffies 4294716940 (age 528.353s)
  hex dump (first 32 bytes):
    00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00  ................
    00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00  ................
  backtrace:
    [<ffffffff81930718>] kmemleak_alloc+0x28/0x50
    [<ffffffff8120b213>] kmem_cache_alloc_trace+0x103/0x260
    [<ffffffff8170e0cb>] mlx4_en_try_alloc_resources+0x13b/0x1a0
    [<ffffffff817065a9>] mlx4_en_set_ringparam+0x169/0x210
    [<ffffffff818040c5>] dev_ethtool+0xae5/0x2190
    [<ffffffff8181b898>] dev_ioctl+0x168/0x6f0
    [<ffffffff817d7a72>] sock_do_ioctl+0x42/0x50
    [<ffffffff817d819b>] sock_ioctl+0x21b/0x2d0
    [<ffffffff81247a73>] do_vfs_ioctl+0x93/0x6a0
    [<ffffffff812480f9>] SyS_ioctl+0x79/0x90
    [<ffffffff8193d7ea>] entry_SYSCALL_64_fastpath+0x18/0xad
    [<ffffffffffffffff>] 0xffffffffffffffff

(gdb) list *mlx4_en_try_alloc_resources+0x118
0xffffffff8170e0a8 is in mlx4_en_try_alloc_resources (drivers/net/ethernet/mellanox/mlx4/en_netdev.c:2145).
2140                    if (!dst->tx_ring_num[t])
2141                            continue;
2142
2143                    dst->tx_ring[t] = kzalloc(sizeof(struct mlx4_en_tx_ring *) *
2144                                              MAX_TX_RINGS, GFP_KERNEL);
2145                    if (!dst->tx_ring[t])
2146                            goto err_free_tx;
2147
2148                    dst->tx_cq[t] = kzalloc(sizeof(struct mlx4_en_cq *) *
2149                                            MAX_TX_RINGS, GFP_KERNEL);
(gdb) list *mlx4_en_try_alloc_resources+0x13b
0xffffffff8170e0cb is in mlx4_en_try_alloc_resources (drivers/net/ethernet/mellanox/mlx4/en_netdev.c:2150).
2145                    if (!dst->tx_ring[t])
2146                            goto err_free_tx;
2147
2148                    dst->tx_cq[t] = kzalloc(sizeof(struct mlx4_en_cq *) *
2149                                            MAX_TX_RINGS, GFP_KERNEL);
2150                    if (!dst->tx_cq[t]) {
2151                            kfree(dst->tx_ring[t]);
2152                            goto err_free_tx;
2153                    }
2154            }

Fixes: ec25bc04ed ("net/mlx4_en: Add resilience in low memory systems")
Cc: Eugenia Emantayev <eugenia@mellanox.com>
Cc: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Cc: Tariq Toukan <tariqt@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Martin KaFai Lau <kafai@fb.com>
Reviewed-by: Tariq Toukan <tariqt@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-02-02 21:27:05 -05:00
Arnd Bergmann
1f3d62090d xgene_enet: remove bogus forward declarations
The device match tables for both the xgene_enet driver and its phy driver
have forward declarations that declare an array without a length, leading
to a clang warning when they are not followed by an actual defitinition:

drivers/net/ethernet/apm/xgene/../../../phy/mdio-xgene.h:135:34: warning: tentative array definition assumed to have one element
drivers/net/ethernet/apm/xgene/xgene_enet_main.c:33:36: warning: tentative array definition assumed to have one element

The declarations for the mdio driver are even in a header file, so they
cause duplicate definitions of the tables for each file that includes
them.

This removes all four forward declarations and moves the actual
definitions up a little, so they are in front of their first user. For
the OF match tables, this means having to remove the #ifdef around them,
and passing the actual structure into of_match_device(). This has no
effect on the generated object code though, as the of_match_device
function has an empty stub that does not evaluate its argument, and
the symbol gets dropped either way.

Fixes: 43b3cf6634 ("drivers: net: phy: xgene: Add MDIO driver")
Signed-off-by: Arnd Bergmann <arnd@arndb.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-02-02 17:12:20 -05:00
David S. Miller
e2160156bf Merge git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net
All merge conflicts were simple overlapping changes.

Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-02-02 16:54:00 -05:00
Rafał Miłecki
36401cb7ff brcmfmac: be more verbose when PSM's watchdog fires
It's important to inform user so he knows things went wrong. He may also
want to get memory dump for further debugging purposes.

Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
Acked-by: Arend van Spriel <arend.vanspriel@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
2017-02-02 08:14:26 +02:00
Rafał Miłecki
f4737a6203 brcmfmac: check brcmf_bus_get_memdump result for error
This method may be unsupported (see: USB bus) or may just fail (see:
SDIO bus).
While at it rework logic in brcmf_sdio_bus_get_memdump function to avoid
too many conditional code nesting levels.

Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
Acked-by: Arend van Spriel <arend.vanspriel@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
2017-02-02 08:14:25 +02:00
Rafał Miłecki
62e13097c4 net: phy: broadcom: rehook BCM54612E specific init
This extra BCM54612E code in PHY driver isn't really aneg specific. Even
without it aneg works OK but the problem is no packets pass through PHY.

Moreover putting this code inside config_aneg callback didn't allow
resuming PHY correctly. When driver called phy_stop and phy_start it was
putting PHY machine into RESUMING state. After that machine was
switching into AN and NOLINK without ever calling phy_start_aneg. This
prevented this extra setup from being called and PHY didn't work.

This change has been verified to fix network on BCM47186B0 SoC device
with BCM54612E.

Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-02-01 14:20:20 -05:00
Niklas Söderlund
0cf45a3b1e sh_eth: fix wakeup event reporting from MagicPacket
If a link change interrupt happens along side the MagicPacket interrupt
and the link change interrupt is ignored the interrupt handler will
return and the wakeup event is not registered. Fix this by moving the
MagicPacket check before the link change check.

Signed-off-by: Niklas Söderlund <niklas.soderlund+renesas@ragnatech.se>
Reported-by: Sergei Shtylyov <sergei.shtylyov@cogentembedded.com>
Acked-by: Sergei Shtylyov <sergei.shtylyov@cogentembedded.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-02-01 12:53:59 -05:00
Niklas Söderlund
5e2ed1329e sh_eth: align usage of sh_eth_modify() with rest of driver
To be consistent with the rest of the driver when setting bits using
sh_eth_modify() the same bit should also be cleared. This have no
functional change and should have been done from the start.

Signed-off-by: Niklas Söderlund <niklas.soderlund+renesas@ragnatech.se>
Suggested-by: Sergei Shtylyov <sergei.shtylyov@cogentembedded.com>
Acked-by: Sergei Shtylyov <sergei.shtylyov@cogentembedded.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-02-01 12:53:58 -05:00
David S. Miller
889711a03e wireless-drivers-next patches for 4.11
It's nice to see rt2x00 development has becoming active, for example
 adding support for a new chip version. Also wcn36xx has been converted
 to use the recently merged QCOM_SMD subsystem. Otherwise new features
 and fixes it lots of drivers.
 
 Major changes:
 
 iwlwifi
 
 * some more work in preparation for A000 family support
 * add support for radiotap timestamps
 * some work on our firmware debugging capabilities
 
 wcn36xx
 
 * convert to a proper QCOM_SMD driver (from the platform_driver interface)
 
 ath10k
 
 * VHT160 support
 * dump Copy Engine registers during firmware crash
 * search board file extension from SMBIOS
 
 wil6210
 
 * add disable_ap_sme module parameter
 
 rt2x00
 
 * support RT3352 with external PA
 * support for RT3352 with 20MHz crystal
 * add support for RT5350 WiSoC
 
 brcmfmac
 
 * add support for BCM43455 sdio device
 
 rtl8xxxu
 
 * add support for D-Link DWA-131 rev E1, TP-Link TL-WN822N v4 and others
 -----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
 Version: GnuPG v1
 
 iQEcBAABAgAGBQJYkafBAAoJEG4XJFUm622b0EAH/3mFY0WDfdR/Ych29HX1M/Ao
 Bd5gQfKzHS8ANR56qqmxEbpLdBnBa8iNC0IS4RFsWVv6qMoEEOHDLeY5W9XsomWK
 i45fQN2XIdjBUOyDXUjsyz006cMe79VzRvFf9gfSekP8i8BCWQzyYC8VKt/F+6Sh
 yo9yA4Yv3zA3mA3yRKtxSjLm/6xUXCFVNshKGT0rXc/oEfIN6OnIC1k0p0xw2hhl
 GyLN6PSGOqcJc91+IoGOg4TaHzPdWJcWatuxGdQn8gKSDg0+gXaNh9Gtf4H/ojqp
 Fwt2Ckk5mgJYk/2TAuFRpRXNMTJznUhp4Tjp2AE7EVM0f5JujUbQuPblOVfLIYk=
 =vKKN
 -----END PGP SIGNATURE-----

Merge tag 'wireless-drivers-next-for-davem-2017-02-01' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/kvalo/wireless-drivers-next

Kalle Valo says:

====================
wireless-drivers-next patches for 4.11

It's nice to see rt2x00 development has becoming active, for example
adding support for a new chip version. Also wcn36xx has been converted
to use the recently merged QCOM_SMD subsystem. Otherwise new features
and fixes it lots of drivers.

Major changes:

iwlwifi

* some more work in preparation for A000 family support
* add support for radiotap timestamps
* some work on our firmware debugging capabilities

wcn36xx

* convert to a proper QCOM_SMD driver (from the platform_driver interface)

ath10k

* VHT160 support
* dump Copy Engine registers during firmware crash
* search board file extension from SMBIOS

wil6210

* add disable_ap_sme module parameter

rt2x00

* support RT3352 with external PA
* support for RT3352 with 20MHz crystal
* add support for RT5350 WiSoC

brcmfmac

* add support for BCM43455 sdio device

rtl8xxxu

* add support for D-Link DWA-131 rev E1, TP-Link TL-WN822N v4 and others
====================

Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-02-01 12:46:17 -05:00
Dan Carpenter
ff1176f616 ethernet: aquantia: fix dma_mapping_error test
dma_mapping_error() returns 1 if there is an error and 0 if not.

Fixes: 018423e90b ("net: ethernet: aquantia: Add ring support code")
Signed-off-by: Dan Carpenter <dan.carpenter@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-02-01 12:45:27 -05:00
Satanand Burla
cdb478e5e4 liquidio: fix for iq and droq cnts going negative
Flush the mmio writes before releasing spin locks.
if the maintained counts get too high > 2M force
writeback of the counts to clear them

Signed-off-by: Satanand Burla <satananda.burla@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: Felix Manlunas <felix.manlunas@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: Raghu Vatsavayi <raghu.vatsavayi@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: Derek Chickles <derek.chickles@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-02-01 12:25:40 -05:00
Grygorii Strashko
f696186203 net: ethernet: ti: cpsw: fix NULL pointer dereference in switch mode
In switch mode on struct cpsw_slave->ndev field will be initialized with
proper value only for the one cpsw slave port, as result
cpsw_get_usage_count() will generate "Unable to handle kernel NULL pointer
dereference" exception when first ethernet interface is opening
cpsw_ndo_open(). This issue causes boot regression on AM335x EVM and
reproducible on am57xx-evm (switch mode).
Fix it by adding additional check for !cpsw->slaves[i].ndev in
cpsw_get_usage_count().

Cc: Ivan Khoronzhuk <ivan.khoronzhuk@linaro.org>
Fixes: 03fd01ad0e ("net: ethernet: ti: cpsw: don't duplicate ndev_running")
Signed-off-by: Grygorii Strashko <grygorii.strashko@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Ivan Khoronzhuk <ivan.khoronzhuk@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-02-01 12:05:51 -05:00
Ivan Vecera
4993b39ab0 be2net: fix initial MAC setting
Recent commit 3439352916 ("be2net: fix MAC addr setting on privileged
BE3 VFs") allows privileged BE3 VFs to set its MAC address during
initialization. Although the initial MAC for such VFs is already
programmed by parent PF the subsequent setting performed by VF is OK,
but in certain cases (after fresh boot) this command in VF can fail.

The MAC should be initialized only when:
1) no MAC is programmed (always except BE3 VFs during first init)
2) programmed MAC is different from requested (e.g. MAC is set when
   interface is down). In this case the initial MAC programmed by PF
   needs to be deleted.

The adapter->dev_mac contains MAC address currently programmed in HW so
it should be zeroed when the MAC is deleted from HW and should not be
filled when MAC is set when interface is down in be_mac_addr_set() as
no programming is performed in this case.

Example of failure without the fix (immediately after fresh boot):

# ip link set eth0 up  <- eth0 is BE3 PF
be2net 0000:01:00.0 eth0: Link is Up

# echo 1 > /sys/class/net/eth0/device/sriov_numvfs  <- Create 1 VF
...
be2net 0000:01:04.0: Emulex OneConnect(be3): VF  port 0

# ip link set eth8 up  <- eth8 is created privileged VF
be2net 0000:01:04.0: opcode 59-1 failed:status 1-76
RTNETLINK answers: Input/output error

# echo 0 > /sys/class/net/eth0/device/sriov_numvfs  <- Delete VF
iommu: Removing device 0000:01:04.0 from group 33
...

# echo 1 > /sys/class/net/eth0/device/sriov_numvfs  <- Create it again
iommu: Removing device 0000:01:04.0 from group 33
...

# ip link set eth8 up
be2net 0000:01:04.0 eth8: Link is Up

Initialization is now OK.

v2 - Corrected the comment and condition check suggested by Suresh & Harsha

Fixes: 3439352916 ("be2net: fix MAC addr setting on privileged BE3 VFs")
Cc: Sathya Perla <sathya.perla@broadcom.com>
Cc: Ajit Khaparde <ajit.khaparde@broadcom.com>
Cc: Sriharsha Basavapatna <sriharsha.basavapatna@broadcom.com>
Cc: Somnath Kotur <somnath.kotur@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Ivan Vecera <cera@cera.cz>
Acked-by: Sriharsha Basavapatna <sriharsha.basavapatna@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-02-01 11:11:41 -05:00
Rafał Miłecki
8e6f31baba net: bgmac: use PHY subsystem for initializing PHY
This adds support for using bgmac with PHYs supported by standalone PHY
drivers. Having any PHY initialization in bgmac is hacky and shouldn't
be extended but rather removed if anyone has hardware to test it.

Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-01-31 13:44:49 -05:00
Rafał Miłecki
aa8863e5d4 net: bgmac: drop struct bcma_mdio we don't need anymore
Adding struct bcma_mdio was a workaround for bcma code not having access
to the struct bgmac used in the core code. Now we don't duplicate this
struct we can just use it internally in bcma code.

This simplifies code & allows access to all bgmac driver details from
all places in bcma code.

Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-01-31 13:44:49 -05:00
Rafał Miłecki
34a5102c32 net: bgmac: allocate struct bgmac just once & don't copy it
So far were were allocating struct bgmac in 3 places: platform code,
bcma code and shared bgmac_enet_probe function. The reason for this was
bgmac_enet_probe:
1) Requiring early-filled struct bgmac
2) Calling alloc_etherdev on its own in order to use netdev_priv later

This solution got few drawbacks:
1) Was duplicating allocating code
2) Required copying early-filled struct
3) Resulted in platform/bcma code having access only to unused struct

Solve this situation by simply extracting some probe code into the new
bgmac_alloc function.

Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-01-31 13:44:48 -05:00
Florian Fainelli
953046e1af net: dsa: bcm_sf2: Fix build module
Commit 7318166cac ("net: dsa: bcm_sf2: Add support for
ethtool::rxnfc") added a new object to build: bcm_sf2_cfp.o, but in
doing so, we essentially just built this object and no longer bcm_sf2.o.

Fix this by creating a module named bcm-sf2.ko which links in bcm_sf2.o
and bcm_sf2_cfp.o.

Fixes: 7318166cac ("net: dsa: bcm_sf2: Add support for ethtool::rxnfc")
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-01-31 13:36:59 -05:00
Ganesh Goudar
0d909aa7c2 cxgb4: update latest firmware version supported
Change t4fw_version.h to update latest firmware version
number 1.16.26.0.

Signed-off-by: Ganesh Goudar <ganeshgr@chelsio.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-01-31 13:33:29 -05:00
Philippe Reynes
f8244ab552 net: aquantia: atlantic: use new api ethtool_{get|set}_link_ksettings
The ethtool api {get|set}_settings is deprecated.
We move this driver to new api {get|set}_link_ksettings.

As I don't have the hardware, I'd be very pleased if
someone may test this patch.

Signed-off-by: Philippe Reynes <tremyfr@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Pavel Belous <pavel.s.belous@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-01-31 13:10:45 -05:00
Vincent
c73e442693 net: thunderx: avoid dereferencing xcv when NULL
This fixes the following smatch and coccinelle warnings:

  drivers/net/ethernet/cavium/thunder/thunder_xcv.c:119 xcv_setup_link() error: we previously assumed 'xcv' could be null (see line 118) [smatch]
  drivers/net/ethernet/cavium/thunder/thunder_xcv.c:119:16-20: ERROR: xcv is NULL but dereferenced. [coccinelle]

Fixes: 6465859aba ("net: thunderx: Add RGMII interface type support")
Signed-off-by: Vincent Stehlé <vincent.stehle@laposte.net>
Cc: Sunil Goutham <sgoutham@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-01-31 13:07:40 -05:00
Colin Ian King
e9904990e8 sfc: fix an off-by-one compare on an array size
encap_type should be checked to see if it is greater or equal to
the size of array map to fix an off-by-one array size check. This
fixes an array overrun read as detected by static analysis by
CoverityScan, CID#1398883 ("Out-of-bounds-read")

Fixes: 9b41080125 ("sfc: insert catch-all filters for encapsulated traffic")
Signed-off-by: Colin Ian King <colin.king@canonical.com>
Acked-by: Edward Cree <ecree@solarflare.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-01-31 12:25:32 -05:00
Dexuan Cui
433e19cf33 Drivers: hv: vmbus: finally fix hv_need_to_signal_on_read()
Commit a389fcfd2c ("Drivers: hv: vmbus: Fix signaling logic in
hv_need_to_signal_on_read()")
added the proper mb(), but removed the test "prev_write_sz < pending_sz"
when making the signal decision.

As a result, the guest can signal the host unnecessarily,
and then the host can throttle the guest because the host
thinks the guest is buggy or malicious; finally the user
running stress test can perceive intermittent freeze of
the guest.

This patch brings back the test, and properly handles the
in-place consumption APIs used by NetVSC (see get_next_pkt_raw(),
put_pkt_raw() and commit_rd_index()).

Fixes: a389fcfd2c ("Drivers: hv: vmbus: Fix signaling logic in
hv_need_to_signal_on_read()")

Signed-off-by: Dexuan Cui <decui@microsoft.com>
Reported-by: Rolf Neugebauer <rolf.neugebauer@docker.com>
Tested-by: Rolf Neugebauer <rolf.neugebauer@docker.com>
Cc: "K. Y. Srinivasan" <kys@microsoft.com>
Cc: Haiyang Zhang <haiyangz@microsoft.com>
Cc: Stephen Hemminger <sthemmin@microsoft.com>
Cc: <stable@vger.kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: K. Y. Srinivasan <kys@microsoft.com>
Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org>
2017-01-31 10:59:48 +01:00
Kalle Valo
7243a1af37 Merge ath-next from git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/kvalo/ath.git
ath.git patches for 4.11. Major changes:

wcn36xx

* convert to a proper QCOM_SMD driver (from the platform_driver interface)

ath10k

* VHT160 support
* dump Copy Engine registers during firmware crash
* search board file extension from SMBIOS

wil6210

* add disable_ap_sme module parameter
2017-01-31 09:50:50 +02:00
Stanislaw Gruszka
6715208d0a rt2800: enable rt3290 unconditionally on pci probe
When we restart system using sysrq RT3290 device do not initalize
properly, hance always enable it via WLAN_FUN_CTRL register on
probe.

Bugzilla: https://bugzilla.kernel.org/show_bug.cgi?id=85461
Reported-and-tested-by: Giedrius Statkevičius <edrius.statkevicius@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Stanislaw Gruszka <sgruszka@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
2017-01-31 09:27:38 +02:00
Arend Van Spriel
2a2a5d1835 brcmfmac: add .update_connect_params() callback
Add support for the .update_connect_params() callback for roaming
or subsequent (re)association.

Reviewed-by: Hante Meuleman <hante.meuleman@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Pieter-Paul Giesberts <pieter-paul.giesberts@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Franky Lin <franky.lin@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Arend van Spriel <arend.vanspriel@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
2017-01-31 09:24:59 +02:00
Arend Van Spriel
0b57010fc1 brcmfmac: allow wowlan support to be per device
The wowlan support is (partially) determined dynamic by checking the
device/firmware capabilities. So they can differ per device. So it
is not possible to use a static global. Instead use the global as a
template and use kmemdup(). When kmemdup() fails the template is used
unmodified.

Reviewed-by: Hante Meuleman <hante.meuleman@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Pieter-Paul Giesberts <pieter-paul.giesberts@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Franky Lin <franky.lin@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Arend van Spriel <arend.vanspriel@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
2017-01-31 09:24:59 +02:00
Arend Van Spriel
d29afe91af brcmfmac: fix handling firmware results for wowl netdetect
For wowl netdetect the event data changed for newer chips. This
was recently fixed for scheduled scan, but same change is needed
for wowl netdetect. Removing now pointles += operation from both
result handlers.

Reviewed-by: Hante Meuleman <hante.meuleman@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Pieter-Paul Giesberts <pieter-paul.giesberts@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Franky Lin <franky.lin@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Arend van Spriel <arend.vanspriel@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
2017-01-31 09:24:58 +02:00
Arend Van Spriel
2ef0359031 brcmfmac: provide a value for struct wowlan_support::max_nd_match_sets
The driver advertises support for WOWLAN_NETDETECT but did not specify
maximum amount of netdetect match sets. This was no issue due to a bug
in nl80211. As that has been fixed, brcmfmac also needs fixing.

Reviewed-by: Hante Meuleman <hante.meuleman@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Pieter-Paul Giesberts <pieter-paul.giesberts@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Franky Lin <franky.lin@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Arend van Spriel <arend.vanspriel@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
2017-01-31 09:24:58 +02:00
Sara Sharon
d546530e56 iwlwifi: alloc memory dynamically also for DVM
For old firmwares the memory wasn't allocated, resulting in panic.
Make it dynamically allocated as well. Allow any order of functions
call.

Fixes: eef187a7b8 ("iwlwifi: enlarge number of ucode sections")
Signed-off-by: Sara Sharon <sara.sharon@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
Tested-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
2017-01-31 09:10:24 +02:00
Stanislaw Gruszka
33e962c887 rt2x00: fix clk_get call
clk_get() takes two arguments and might return ERR_PTR(), so we
have to nullify pointer on that case, to do not break further call
to clk_get_rate().

Reported-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
Fixes: 34db70b92f ("rt2x00: add copy of clk for soc devices")
Signed-off-by: Stanislaw Gruszka <sgruszka@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
2017-01-31 09:08:52 +02:00
Jurij Smakov
52f5631a4c rtlwifi: rtl8192ce: Fix loading of incorrect firmware
In commit cf4747d753 ("rtlwifi: Fix regression caused by commit
d86e647688, an error in the edit results in the wrong firmware
being loaded for some models of the RTL8188/8192CE. In this condition,
the connection suffered from high ping latency, slow transfer rates,
 and required higher signal strengths to work at all

See https://bugs.debian.org/cgi-bin/bugreport.cgi?bug=853073,
https://bugzilla.opensuse.org/show_bug.cgi?id=1017471, and
https://github.com/lwfinger/rtlwifi_new/issues/203 for descriptions
of the problems. This patch fixes all of those problems.

Fixes: cf4747d753 ("rtlwifi: Fix regression caused by commit d86e64768859")
Signed-off-by: Jurij Smakov <jurij@wooyd.org>
Signed-off-by: Larry Finger <Larry.Finger@lwfinger.net>
Cc: Stable <stable@vger.kernel.org> # 4.9+
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
2017-01-31 09:05:25 +02:00
Sergei Shtylyov
2b2d3eb41c sh_eth: stop using bare numbers for EESIPR values
Now  that we  have almost all EESIPR bits declared (and those  that are
still not are most probably reserved anyway) we can at last replace the
bare  numbers used for 'sh_eth_cpu_data::eesipr_value' initializers with
the bit names ORed together...

Signed-off-by: Sergei Shtylyov <sergei.shtylyov@cogentembedded.com>
Reviewed-by: Geert Uytterhoeven <geert+renesas@glider.be>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-01-30 22:05:43 -05:00
Sergei Shtylyov
00300b2aac sh_eth: add missing EESIPR bits
Renesas SH77{34|63} manuals  describe more EESIPR bits than the current
driver. Declare the new bits with the end goal of using the bit names
instead of the bare numbers  for  the 'sh_eth_cpu_data::eesipr_value'
initializers...

Signed-off-by: Sergei Shtylyov <sergei.shtylyov@cogentembedded.com>
Reviewed-by: Geert Uytterhoeven <geert+renesas@glider.be>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-01-30 22:05:43 -05:00
Sergei Shtylyov
1a0bee6c1e sh_eth: rename EESIPR bits
Since the  commit  b0ca2a21f7 ("sh_eth: Add support of SH7763 to sh_eth")
the *enum* declaring the EESIPR bits (interrupt mask) went out of sync with
the *enum* declaring the EESR bits (interrupt status) WRT  bit naming  and
formatting. I'd like to restore the consistency by using EESIPR as the bit
name prefix, renaming the *enum* to EESIPR_BIT, and (finally) renaming the
bits according to the available  Renesas SH77{34|63} manuals; additionally,
reconstruct  couple names using  the EESR bit declaration above...

Signed-off-by: Sergei Shtylyov <sergei.shtylyov@cogentembedded.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-01-30 22:05:43 -05:00
Gregory CLEMENT
1558727a1c net: dsa: mv88e6xxx: Add support for ethernet switch 88E6141
The Marvell 88E6341 device is single-chip, 6-port Ethernet switch with
four integrated 10/100/1000Mbps Ethernet transceivers and one high speed
SerDes interfaces.

It belongs to the Topaz family and unlike the 88E6341 it does not have
a TCAM.

Signed-off-by: Gregory CLEMENT <gregory.clement@free-electrons.com>
Reviewed-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-01-30 16:50:57 -05:00
Gregory CLEMENT
a75961d0eb net: dsa: mv88e6xxx: Add support for ethernet switch 88E6341
The Marvell 88E6341 device is single-chip, 6-port Ethernet switch with
four integrated 10/100/1000Mbps Ethernet transceivers and one high speed
SerDes interfaces. It is partially compatible with switches of family
88E6352 and switches of family 88E6390.

This commit adds an initial support for this switch by describing its
capabilities to the driver and introducing a new family.

Signed-off-by: Gregory CLEMENT <gregory.clement@free-electrons.com>
Reviewed-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-01-30 16:50:56 -05:00
Romain Perier
891daf49b0 net: dsa: mv88e6xxx: Don't forbid MDIO I/Os for PHY addr >= num_of_ports
Some Marvell ethernet switches have internal ethernet transceivers with
hardcoded phy addresses. These addresses can be greater than the number
of ports or its value might be different than the associated port number.
This is for example the case for MV88E6341 that has 6 ports and internal
Port 1 to Port4 PHYs mapped at SMI addresses from 0x11 to 0x14.

This commits fixes the issue by removing the condition in MDIO callbacks.

Signed-off-by: Romain Perier <romain.perier@free-electrons.com>
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Reviewed-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Signed-off-by: Gregory CLEMENT <gregory.clement@free-electrons.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-01-30 16:50:56 -05:00
Florian Fainelli
ec960de615 net: dsa: bcm_sf2: Add support for port mirroring
We can use b53_mirror_add and b53_mirror_del because the Starfighter 2
is register compatible in that specific case.

Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-01-30 15:55:47 -05:00
Florian Fainelli
ed3af5fd08 net: dsa: b53: Add support for port mirroring
Add support for configuring port mirroring through the cls_matchall
classifier. We do a full ingress or egress capture towards the capture
port. Future improvements could include leveraging the divider to allow
less frames to be captured, as well as matching specific MAC DA/SA.

Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-01-30 15:55:47 -05:00
Florian Fainelli
151da0171e net: dsa: b53: Add mirror capture register definitions
Add definitions for the different Roboswitch registers relevant for
ingress and egress mirroring.

Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-01-30 15:55:47 -05:00
Jack Morgenstein
d585df1c5c net/mlx4_core: Avoid command timeouts during VF driver device shutdown
Some Hypervisors detach VFs from VMs by instantly causing an FLR event
to be generated for a VF.

In the mlx4 case, this will cause that VF's comm channel to be disabled
before the VM has an opportunity to invoke the VF device's "shutdown"
method.

The result is that the VF driver on the VM will experience a command
timeout during the shutdown process when the Hypervisor does not deliver
a command-completion event to the VM.

To avoid FW command timeouts on the VM when the driver's shutdown method
is invoked, we detect the absence of the VF's comm channel at the very
start of the shutdown process. If the comm-channel has already been
disabled, we cause all FW commands during the device shutdown process to
immediately return success (and thus avoid all command timeouts).

Signed-off-by: Jack Morgenstein <jackm@dev.mellanox.co.il>
Signed-off-by: Tariq Toukan <tariqt@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-01-30 15:45:27 -05:00
David S. Miller
6415aa5039 mlx5-fixes-2017-01-27
A couple of mlx5 core and ethernet driver fixes.
 
 From Or, A couple of error return values and error handling fixes.
 From Hadar, Support TC encapsulation offloads even when the mlx5e uplink
 device is stacked  under an upper device.
 From Gal, Two patches to fix RSS hash modifications via ethtool.
 From Moshe, Added a needed ets capability check.
 -----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
 Version: GnuPG v1
 
 iQEcBAABAgAGBQJYjmAjAAoJEEg/ir3gV/o+oMUH+QF2kdg9//kvkwWGv7FR4fBT
 6oFH9vsIpG+kGDlXGVX8wekcUCssNx/eZ7IrOrEfBnGsbuXntIjiUfT2RxasBU0Q
 K8/1szQbjbdrOiT+lB2NOyxk4fr+GNYT+k0srNS36Qr6i5sMiLDvNo1ivu7RtK+2
 KRsg8ClPWalc/lxxQJSDVpyQeI6S68jYveK8H5xNR8i7UeFFcgYv313BaobL+Nbn
 PSvLHSeJQX2Uqo1Whg12/xQgP6Q8s9OTRMI+30Gcsv1YaC2ET6dTqWPg5x+Yl1+P
 vRcCzvjQf6oD+zhmCZJBS9CchI6gFf1x03cfxIjFwfzioBBM7ux8szjIyTW9tHY=
 =bqC6
 -----END PGP SIGNATURE-----

Merge tag 'mlx5-fixes-2017-01-27' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/saeed/linux

Saeed Mahameed says:

====================
mlx5-fixes-2017-01-27

A couple of mlx5 core and ethernet driver fixes.

From Or, A couple of error return values and error handling fixes.
From Hadar, Support TC encapsulation offloads even when the mlx5e uplink
device is stacked  under an upper device.
From Gal, Two patches to fix RSS hash modifications via ethtool.
From Moshe, Added a needed ets capability check.
====================

Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-01-30 15:44:05 -05:00
Shaker Daibes
1f8176f735 net/mlx4_en: Check the enabling pptx/pprx flags in SET_PORT wrapper flow
Make sure pptx/pprx mask flag is set using new fields upon set port
request. In addition, move this code into a helper function for better
code readability.

Signed-off-by: Shaker Daibes <shakerd@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Tariq Toukan <tariqt@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-01-30 15:26:43 -05:00
Shaker Daibes
bf1f939683 net/mlx4_en: Check the enabling mtu flag in SET_PORT wrapper flow
Make sure MTU mask flag is set using new field upon set port
request. In addition, move this code into a helper function for better
code readability.

Signed-off-by: Shaker Daibes <shakerd@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Tariq Toukan <tariqt@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-01-30 15:26:43 -05:00
Shaker Daibes
40fb4fc1e1 net/mlx4_en: Pass user MTU value to Firmware at set port command
When starting the port, driver will inform Firmware about the actual MTU
which does not include implicit headers, such as FCS or VLAN tags.

Signed-off-by: Shaker Daibes <shakerd@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Tariq Toukan <tariqt@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-01-30 15:26:43 -05:00
Ariel Levkovich
297e1cf29e net/mlx4_en: Adding support of turning off link autonegotiation via ethtool
This feature will allow the user to disable auto negotiation
on the port for mlx4 devices while setting the speed is limited
to 1GbE speeds.
Other speeds will not be accepted in autoneg off mode.

This functionality is permitted providing that the firmware
is compatible with this feature.
The above is determined by querying a new dedicated capability
bit in the device.

Signed-off-by: Ariel Levkovich <lariel@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Tariq Toukan <tariqt@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-01-30 15:26:42 -05:00
Alaa Hleihel
4b5e5b7ece net/mlx4_core: Get num_tc using netdev_get_num_tc
Avoid reading num_tc directly from struct net_device, but use
the helper function netdev_get_num_tc.

Fixes: bc6a4744b8 ("net/mlx4_en: num cores tx rings for every UP")
Fixes: f5b6345ba8 ("net/mlx4_en: User prio mapping gets corrupted when changing number of channels")
Signed-off-by: Alaa Hleihel <alaa@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Tariq Toukan <tariqt@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-01-30 15:26:42 -05:00
Matan Barak
ae5a2e29d1 net/mlx4_core: Add resource alloc/dealloc debugging
In order to aid debugging of functions that take a resource but
don't put it, add the last function name that successfully grabbed
this resource.

Signed-off-by: Matan Barak <matanb@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Tariq Toukan <tariqt@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-01-30 15:26:42 -05:00
Yishai Hadas
3835336401 net/mlx4_core: Device revision support
The device revision field returned by the NodeInfo MAD is incorrect
on ConnectX3 devices.

This patch is driver side handling to complete a FW fix added at 2.11.1172.
INIT_HCA - bit at offset 0x0C.12 is set to 1 so that FW will report
correct device revision.

Older FW versions won't be affected from turning on that bit,
no capability bit is needed.

Signed-off-by: Yishai Hadas <yishaih@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Tariq Toukan <tariqt@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-01-30 15:26:42 -05:00
Tariq Toukan
72b8eaab24 net/mlx4: Replace ENOSYS with better fitting error codes
Conform the following warning:
WARNING: ENOSYS means 'invalid syscall nr' and nothing else.

Signed-off-by: Tariq Toukan <tariqt@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-01-30 15:26:41 -05:00
David S. Miller
051a2e0860 wireless-drivers fixes for 4.10
Most important here are fixes to two iwlwifi crashes, but there's also
 a firmware naming fix for iwlwifi and a revert of an older bcma patch.
 -----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
 Version: GnuPG v1
 
 iQEcBAABAgAGBQJYjf7cAAoJEG4XJFUm622bNQUH/2bdxU1PBaZY/CjTOOla4/Ll
 P3zEc7vz1UCDx0ML2FCFhoZdXstqg8qtPuYsY/iC6a6GhHijy6o2jcEku8GwCdBl
 qdWVPl8DAiAGq7aeaMz1TGbnp4XvODIhBwa3xXzewJ/xBYtoFpQRSOkj6k0TqS04
 CE3cTcEijt6JEhHit3EVGSvO9+NTjtAoHMVU3LfrZiW72G0q/LrzAvREx6XXKMlA
 08Y+XTGin8ZW25QWnWypyuzomBChFcnnAUP2ONr3nRqAz14IT50aKtTJkCPhLxuZ
 i890uWSdTFjYKWJYwut8p0mHa5j+DWAr9pm9xrHMsgorXtdtfpYdXhLYQqkp2Yw=
 =7lre
 -----END PGP SIGNATURE-----

Merge tag 'wireless-drivers-for-davem-2017-01-29' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/kvalo/wireless-drivers

Kalle Valo says:

====================
wireless-drivers fixes for 4.10

Most important here are fixes to two iwlwifi crashes, but there's also
a firmware naming fix for iwlwifi and a revert of an older bcma patch.
====================

Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-01-30 15:19:23 -05:00
Eric Dumazet
6ad20165d3 drivers: net: generalize napi_complete_done()
napi_complete_done() allows to opt-in for gro_flush_timeout,
added back in linux-3.19, commit 3b47d30396
("net: gro: add a per device gro flush timer")

This allows for more efficient GRO aggregation without
sacrifying latencies.

Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-01-30 15:10:42 -05:00
Florian Fainelli
7318166cac net: dsa: bcm_sf2: Add support for ethtool::rxnfc
Add support for configuring classification rules using the
ethtool::rxnfc API.  This is useful to program the switch's CFP/TCAM to
redirect specific packets to specific ports/queues for instance. For
now, we allow any kind of IPv4 5-tuple matching.

Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-01-30 14:49:58 -05:00
Florian Fainelli
853458087e net: dsa: bcm_sf2: Add CFP registers definitions
Add Compact Field Processor definitions for the Broadcom Starfighter 2
and compatible versions of the switch.

Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-01-30 14:49:58 -05:00
Florian Fainelli
e1b9147cbd net: dsa: bcm_sf2: Configure traffic classes to queue mapping
By default, all traffic goes to queue 0, re-configure the traffic
classes to quality of service mapping such that priority X maps to queue
X, where X is from 0 through 7.

Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-01-30 14:49:58 -05:00
Arseny Solokha
4af0e5bb95 gianfar: synchronize DMA API usage by free_skb_rx_queue w/ gfar_new_page
In spite of switching to paged allocation of Rx buffers, the driver still
called dma_unmap_single() in the Rx queues tear-down path.

The DMA region unmapping code in free_skb_rx_queue() basically predates
the introduction of paged allocation to the driver. While being refactored,
it apparently hasn't reflected the change in the DMA API usage by its
counterpart gfar_new_page().

As a result, setting an interface to the DOWN state now yields the following:

  # ip link set eth2 down
  fsl-gianfar ffe24000.ethernet: DMA-API: device driver frees DMA memory with wrong function [device address=0x000000001ecd0000] [size=40]
  ------------[ cut here ]------------
  WARNING: CPU: 1 PID: 189 at lib/dma-debug.c:1123 check_unmap+0x8e0/0xa28
  CPU: 1 PID: 189 Comm: ip Tainted: G           O    4.9.5 #1
  task: dee73400 task.stack: dede2000
  NIP: c02101e8 LR: c02101e8 CTR: c0260d74
  REGS: dede3bb0 TRAP: 0700   Tainted: G           O     (4.9.5)
  MSR: 00021000 <CE,ME>  CR: 28002222  XER: 00000000

  GPR00: c02101e8 dede3c60 dee73400 000000b6 dfbd033c dfbd36c4 1f622000 dede2000
  GPR08: 00000007 c05b1634 1f622000 00000000 22002484 100a9904 00000000 00000000
  GPR16: 00000000 db4c849c 00000002 db4c8480 00000001 df142240 db4c84bc 00000000
  GPR24: c0706148 c0700000 00029000 c07552e8 c07323b4 dede3cb8 c07605e0 db535540
  NIP [c02101e8] check_unmap+0x8e0/0xa28
  LR [c02101e8] check_unmap+0x8e0/0xa28
  Call Trace:
  [dede3c60] [c02101e8] check_unmap+0x8e0/0xa28 (unreliable)
  [dede3cb0] [c02103b8] debug_dma_unmap_page+0x88/0x9c
  [dede3d30] [c02dffbc] free_skb_resources+0x2c4/0x404
  [dede3d80] [c02e39b4] gfar_close+0x24/0xc8
  [dede3da0] [c0361550] __dev_close_many+0xa0/0xf8
  [dede3dd0] [c03616f0] __dev_close+0x2c/0x4c
  [dede3df0] [c036b1b8] __dev_change_flags+0xa0/0x174
  [dede3e10] [c036b2ac] dev_change_flags+0x20/0x60
  [dede3e30] [c03e130c] devinet_ioctl+0x540/0x824
  [dede3e90] [c0347dcc] sock_ioctl+0x134/0x298
  [dede3eb0] [c0111814] do_vfs_ioctl+0xac/0x854
  [dede3f20] [c0111ffc] SyS_ioctl+0x40/0x74
  [dede3f40] [c000f290] ret_from_syscall+0x0/0x3c
  --- interrupt: c01 at 0xff45da0
      LR = 0xff45cd0
  Instruction dump:
  811d001c 7c66482e 813d0020 9061000c 807f000c 5463103a 7cc6182e 3c60c052
  386309ac 90c10008 4cc63182 4826b845 <0fe00000> 4bfffa60 3c80c052 388402c4
  ---[ end trace 695ae6d7ac1d0c47 ]---
  Mapped at:
   [<c02e22a8>] gfar_alloc_rx_buffs+0x178/0x248
   [<c02e3ef0>] startup_gfar+0x368/0x570
   [<c036aeb4>] __dev_open+0xdc/0x150
   [<c036b1b8>] __dev_change_flags+0xa0/0x174
   [<c036b2ac>] dev_change_flags+0x20/0x60

Even though the issue was discovered in 4.9 kernel, the code in question
is identical in the current net and net-next trees.

Fixes: 75354148ce ("gianfar: Add paged allocation and Rx S/G")
Signed-off-by: Arseny Solokha <asolokha@kb.kras.ru>
Acked-by: Claudiu Manoil <claudiu.manoil@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-01-30 11:19:37 -05:00
Timur Tabi
fd0e97b806 net: qcom/emac: add an error interrupt handler for the sgmii
The SGMII (internal PHY) can report decode errors via an interrupt.  It
can also report autonegotiation status changes, but we don't need to track
those.  The SGMII can recover automatically from most decode errors, so
we only reset the interface if we get multiple consecutive errors.

It's possible for bogus decode errors to be reported while the link is
being brought up.  The interrupt is registered when the interface is
opened, and it's enabled after the link is up.

Signed-off-by: Timur Tabi <timur@codeaurora.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-01-29 19:07:02 -05:00
Timur Tabi
e7e7454b40 net: qcom/emac: remove extraneous wake-on-lan code
The EMAC driver does not support wake-on-lan, but there is still
code left-over that partially enables it.  Remove that code and a few
macros that support it.

Signed-off-by: Timur Tabi <timur@codeaurora.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-01-29 19:07:02 -05:00
Timur Tabi
0f20276dd5 net: qcom/emac: do not call emac_mac_start twice
emac_mac_start() uses information from the external PHY to program
the MAC, so it makes no sense to call it before the link is up.

Signed-off-by: Timur Tabi <timur@codeaurora.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-01-29 19:07:02 -05:00
Timur Tabi
3db5d555ea net: qcom/emac: always use autonegotiation to configure the SGMII link
Regardless of how the external PHY is configured, the internal PHY
(the "SGMII" block) is capable of configuring the SGMII link automatically.
When the external PHY link comes up, regardless of how it is configured,
the SGMII link is configured automatically.

Signed-off-by: Timur Tabi <timur@codeaurora.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-01-29 19:07:02 -05:00
Timur Tabi
9da34f27c1 net: qcom/emac: display the phy driver info after we connect
The PHY driver is attached only when the driver calls
phy_connect_direct().  Calling phy_attached_print() to display
information about the PHY driver prior to that point is meaningless.
The interface can be brought down, a new PHY driver can be loaded,
and the interface then brought back up.  This is the correct time
to display information about the attached driver.

Since phy_attached_print() also prints information about the
interrupt, that needs to be set as well.

Signed-off-by: Timur Tabi <timur@codeaurora.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-01-29 19:07:02 -05:00
Alexey Khoroshilov
d1156b489f net: adaptec: starfire: add checks for dma mapping errors
init_ring(), refill_rx_ring() and start_tx() don't check
if mapping dma memory succeed.
The patch adds the checks and failure handling.

Found by Linux Driver Verification project (linuxtesting.org).

Signed-off-by: Alexey Khoroshilov <khoroshilov@ispras.ru>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-01-29 19:04:11 -05:00
Juergen Gross
56dd5af9bc xen/netback: set default upper limit of tx/rx queues to 8
The default for the maximum number of tx/rx queues of one interface is
the number of cpus of the system today. As each queue pair reserves 512
grant pages this default consumes a ridiculous number of grants for
large guests.

Limit the queue number to 8 as default. This value can be modified
via a module parameter if required.

Signed-off-by: Juergen Gross <jgross@suse.com>
Reviewed-by: Boris Ostrovsky <boris.ostrovsky@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: Boris Ostrovsky <boris.ostrovsky@oracle.com>
2017-01-29 18:48:27 -05:00
Juergen Gross
034702a64a xen/netfront: set default upper limit of tx/rx queues to 8
The default for the number of tx/rx queues of one interface is the
number of vcpus of the system today. As each queue pair reserves 512
grant pages this default consumes a ridiculous number of grants for
large guests.

Limit the queue number to 8 as default. This value can be modified
via a module parameter if required.

Signed-off-by: Juergen Gross <jgross@suse.com>
Reviewed-by: Boris Ostrovsky <boris.ostrovsky@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: Boris Ostrovsky <boris.ostrovsky@oracle.com>
2017-01-29 18:48:27 -05:00
Sean Nyekjaer
cf626c3b25 net: phy: micrel: KSZ8795 do not set SUPPORTED_[Asym_]Pause
As pr commit "net: phy: phy drivers should not set SUPPORTED_[Asym_]Pause"
this phy driver should not set these feature bits.

Signed-off-by: Sean Nyekjaer <sean.nyekjaer@prevas.dk>
Fixes: 9d162ed69f ("net: phy: micrel: add support for KSZ8795")
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-01-29 18:45:15 -05:00
Vivien Didelot
ddd3a0c840 net: dsa: b53: use dsa_port's bridge pointer
Now that DSA exposes the bridge device pointer to which a port belongs,
use it when programming the port based VLANs and thus remove the cache.

Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-01-29 18:42:46 -05:00
Vivien Didelot
922754a48a net: dsa: qca8k: use dsa_port's bridge pointer
Now that DSA exposes the bridge device pointer to which a port belongs,
use it when programming the port based VLANs and thus remove the cache.

Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-01-29 18:42:46 -05:00
Vivien Didelot
fae8a25e5b net: dsa: mv88e6xxx: use dsa_port's bridge pointer
Now that DSA exposes the bridge device pointer to which a port belongs,
use it when programming the port based VLANs and thus remove the cache.

Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-01-29 18:42:46 -05:00
Vivien Didelot
f123f2fbed net: dsa: pass bridge device when a port leaves
Upon reception of the NETDEV_CHANGEUPPER, a leaving port is already
unbridged, so reflect this by assigning the port's bridge_dev pointer to
NULL before calling the port_bridge_leave DSA driver operation.

Now that the bridge_dev pointer is exposed to the drivers, reflecting
the current state of the DSA switch fabric is necessary for the drivers
to adjust their port based VLANs correctly.

Pass the bridge device pointer to the port_bridge_leave operation so
that drivers have all information to re-program their chips properly,
and do not need to cache it anymore.

Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-01-29 18:42:46 -05:00
Vivien Didelot
a0c02161ec net: dsa: variable number of ports
Change the ports[DSA_MAX_PORTS] array of the dsa_switch structure for a
zero-length array, allocated at the same time as the dsa_switch
structure itself. A dsa_switch_alloc() helper is provided for that.

This commit brings no functional change yet since we pass DSA_MAX_PORTS
as the number of ports for the moment. Future patches can update the DSA
drivers separately to support dynamic number of ports.

Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-01-29 18:42:46 -05:00
Geert Uytterhoeven
0e98f9d5f0 ravb: Support 1Gbps on R-Car H3 ES1.1+ and R-Car M3-W
The limitation to 10/100Mbit speeds on R-Car Gen3 is valid for R-Car H3
ES1.0 only. Check for the exact SoC model to allow 1Gbps on newer
revisions of R-Car H3, and on R-Car M3-W.

Signed-off-by: Geert Uytterhoeven <geert+renesas@glider.be>
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <horms+renesas@verge.net.au>
Acked-by: Sergei Shtylyov <sergei.shtylyov@cogentembedded.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-01-29 18:35:43 -05:00
Kazuya Mizuguchi
61fccb2d62 ravb: Add tx and rx clock internal delays mode of APSR
This patch enables tx and rx clock internal delay modes (TDM and RDM).

This is to address a failure in the case of 1Gbps communication using the
by salvator-x board with the KSZ9031RNX phy. This has been reported to
occur with both the r8a7795 (H3) and r8a7796 (M3-W) SoCs.

With this change APSR internal delay modes are enabled for
"rgmii-id", "rgmii-rxid" and "rgmii-txid" phy modes as follows:

phy mode   | ASPR delay mode
-----------+----------------
rgmii-id   | TDM and RDM
rgmii-rxid | RDM
rgmii-txid | TDM

Signed-off-by: Kazuya Mizuguchi <kazuya.mizuguchi.ks@renesas.com>
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <horms+renesas@verge.net.au>
Acked-by: Sergei Shtylyov <sergei.shtylyov@cogentembedded.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-01-29 18:35:43 -05:00
Rafal Ozieblo
dc97a89e72 net: macb: Fix 64 bit addressing support for GEM
This patch adds support for 32 bit GEM in
64 bit system. It checks capability at runtime
and uses appropriate buffer descriptor.

Signed-off-by: Rafal Ozieblo <rafalo@cadence.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-01-29 18:26:23 -05:00
Colin Ian King
1a28242bac net: ethernet: aquantia: return -ETIME in macro AQ_HW_WAIT_FOR
The macro is returning ETIME which means various checks to see if
the returned err is less than zero never work. I believe a -ETIME
should be returned instead.

Signed-off-by: Colin Ian King <colin.king@canonical.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-01-29 18:24:00 -05:00
Colin Ian King
f81e5ca915 net: ethernet: aquantia: remove another redundant err check
The check on err < 0 is redundant and can be removed. Detected
by CoverityScan, CID#1398318 ("Logically Dead Code")

Signed-off-by: Colin Ian King <colin.king@canonical.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-01-29 18:24:00 -05:00
Colin Ian King
e52cfb63a0 net: ethernet: aquantia: remove redundant err check
The check on err < 0 is redundant and can be removed. Detected
by CoverityScan, CID#1398321 ("Logically Dead Code")

Signed-off-by: Colin Ian King <colin.king@canonical.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-01-29 18:24:00 -05:00
Alexey Brodkin
0a764db103 stmmac: Discard masked flags in interrupt status register
DW GMAC databook says the following about bits in "Register 15 (Interrupt
Mask Register)":
--------------------------->8-------------------------
When set, this bit __disables_the_assertion_of_the_interrupt_signal__
because of the setting of XXX bit in Register 14 (Interrupt
Status Register).
--------------------------->8-------------------------

In fact even if we mask one bit in the mask register it doesn't prevent
corresponding bit to appear in the status register, it only disables
interrupt generation for corresponding event.

But currently we expect a bit different behavior: status bits to be in
sync with their masks, i.e. if mask for bit A is set in the mask
register then bit A won't appear in the interrupt status register.

This was proven to be incorrect assumption, see discussion here [1].
That misunderstanding causes unexpected behaviour of the GMAC, for
example we were happy enough to just see bogus messages about link
state changes.

So from now on we'll be only checking bits that really may trigger an
interrupt.

[1] https://lkml.org/lkml/2016/11/3/413

Signed-off-by: Alexey Brodkin <abrodkin@synopsys.com>
Cc: Giuseppe Cavallaro <peppe.cavallaro@st.com>
Cc: Fabrice Gasnier <fabrice.gasnier@st.com>
Cc: Joachim Eastwood <manabian@gmail.com>
Cc: Phil Reid <preid@electromag.com.au>
Cc: David Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Cc: Alexandre Torgue <alexandre.torgue@gmail.com>
Cc: Vineet Gupta <vgupta@synopsys.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-01-29 18:15:18 -05:00
Moshe Shemesh
d15118af26 net/mlx5e: Check ets capability before ets query FW command
On dcbnl callback getpgtccfgtx, the driver should check the ets
capability before ets query command is sent to firmware.
It is valid to return from this void function without changing in/out
parameters, as these parameters are initialized to
DCB_ATTR_VALUE_UNDEFINED.

Fixes: 3a6a931dfb ("net/mlx5e: Support DCBX CEE API")
Signed-off-by: Moshe Shemesh <moshe@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
2017-01-29 23:31:26 +02:00
Gal Pressman
a100ff3eef net/mlx5e: Fix update of hash function/key via ethtool
Modifying TIR hash should change selected fields bitmask in addition to
the function and key.

Formerly, Only on ethool mlx5e_set_rxfh "ethtoo -X" we would not set this
field resulting in zeroing of its value, which means no packet fields are
used for RX RSS hash calculation thus causing all traffic to arrive in
RQ[0].

On driver load out of the box we don't have this issue, since the TIR
hash is fully created from scratch.

Tested:
ethtool -X ethX hkey  <new key>
ethtool -X ethX hfunc <new func>
ethtool -X ethX equal <new indirection table>

All cases are verified with TCP Multi-Stream traffic over IPv4 & IPv6.

Fixes: bdfc028de1 ("net/mlx5e: Fix ethtool RX hash func configuration change")
Signed-off-by: Gal Pressman <galp@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
2017-01-29 23:31:18 +02:00
Gal Pressman
1d3398facd net/mlx5e: Modify TIRs hash only when it's needed
We don't need to modify our TIRs unless the user requested a change in
the hash function/key, for example when changing indirection only.

Tested:
 # Modify TIRs hash is needed
ethtool -X ethX hkey  <new key>
ethtool -X ethX hfunc <new func>

 # Modify TIRs hash is not needed
ethtool -X ethX equal <new indirection table>

All cases are verified with TCP Multi-Stream traffic over IPv4 & IPv6.

Fixes: bdfc028de1 ("net/mlx5e: Fix ethtool RX hash func configuration change")
Signed-off-by: Gal Pressman <galp@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
2017-01-29 23:29:32 +02:00
Hadar Hen Zion
3e621b19b0 net/mlx5e: Support TC encapsulation offloads with upper devices
When tunneling is used, some virtualizations systems set the (mlx5e) uplink
device to be stacked under upper devices such as bridge or ovs internal
port, where the VTEP IP address used for the encapsulation is set on
that upper device.

In order to support such use-cases, we also deal with a setup where the
egress mirred device isn't representing a port on the HW e-switch to where
the ingress device belongs. We use eswitch service function which returns
the uplink and set it as the egress device of the tc encap rule.

Fixes: a54e20b4fc ("net/mlx5e: Add basic TC tunnel set action for SRIOV offloads")
Signed-off-by: Hadar Hen Zion <hadarh@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
2017-01-29 23:01:39 +02:00
Or Gerlitz
5bae8c0310 net/mlx5: E-Switch, Re-enable RoCE on mode change only after FDB destroy
We must re-enable RoCE on the e-switch management port (PF) only after destroying
the FDB in its switchdev/offloaded mode. Otherwise, when encapsulation is supported,
this re-enablement will fail.

Also, it's more natural and symmetric to disable RoCE on the PF before we create
the FDB under switchdev mode, so do that as well and revert if getting into error
during the mode change later.

Fixes: 9da34cd34e ('net/mlx5: Disable RoCE on the e-switch management [..]')
Signed-off-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Hadar Hen Zion <hadarh@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
2017-01-29 23:01:39 +02:00
Or Gerlitz
5403dc703f net/mlx5: E-Switch, Err when retrieving steering name-space fails
Make sure to return error when we failed retrieving the FDB steering
name space. Also, while around, correctly print the error when mode
change revert fails in the warning message.

Signed-off-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Reported-by: Leon Romanovsky <leonro@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Roi Dayan <roid@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
2017-01-29 23:01:38 +02:00
Or Gerlitz
eff596da48 net/mlx5: Return EOPNOTSUPP when failing to get steering name-space
When we fail to retrieve a hardware steering name-space, the returned error
code should say that this operation is not supported. Align the various
places in the driver where this call is made to this convention.

Also, make sure to warn when we fail to retrieve a SW (ANCHOR) name-space.

Signed-off-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Matan Barak <matanb@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
2017-01-29 23:01:38 +02:00
Or Gerlitz
9eb7892351 net/mlx5: Change ENOTSUPP to EOPNOTSUPP
As ENOTSUPP is specific to NFS, change the return error value to
EOPNOTSUPP in various places in the mlx5 driver.

Signed-off-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Suggested-by: Yotam Gigi <yotamg@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Matan Barak <matanb@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
2017-01-29 23:01:37 +02:00
Andreas Schultz
1796a81de4 gtp: let userspace handle packets for invalid tunnels
enable userspace to send error replies for invalid tunnels

Acked-by: Harald Welte <laforge@netfilter.org>
Signed-off-by: Andreas Schultz <aschultz@tpip.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-01-29 13:54:00 -05:00
Andreas Schultz
10931923b5 gtp: remove unnecessary rcu_read_lock
The rcu read lock is hold by default in the ip input path. There
is no need to hold it twice in the socket recv decapsulate code path.

Signed-off-by: Andreas Schultz <aschultz@tpip.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-01-29 13:54:00 -05:00
David S. Miller
4e8f2fc1a5 Merge git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net
Two trivial overlapping changes conflicts in MPLS and mlx5.

Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-01-28 10:33:06 -05:00
Michael Schenk
575ddce050 rtlwifi: rtl_usb: Fix for URB leaking when doing ifconfig up/down
In the function rtl_usb_start we pre-allocate a certain number of urbs
for RX path but they will not be freed when calling rtl_usb_stop. This
results in leaking urbs when doing ifconfig up and down. Eventually,
the system has no available urbs.

Signed-off-by: Michael Schenk <michael.schenk@albis-elcon.com>
Signed-off-by: Larry Finger <Larry.Finger@lwfinger.net>
Cc: Stable <stable@vger.kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
2017-01-28 09:11:34 +02:00
Guy Mishol
64ad08605e wlcore: print the sdio buffer after reading it
fix an issue where we printed the sdio buffer before
actually read it.

Signed-off-by: Guy Mishol <guym@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
2017-01-28 09:11:08 +02:00
Amitkumar Karwar
cc37d8efd2 mwifiex: use pci_dma_sync_single* APIs
On some platforms, driver is unable read sleep cookie signature even
if firmware has written it through DMA. The problem is fixed by using
pci_dma_sync_single* APIs while reading DMA buffer shared with firmware.

Signed-off-by: Amitkumar Karwar <akarwar@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
2017-01-28 09:10:04 +02:00
Amitkumar Karwar
3e66849865 mwifiex: mwifiex_unmap_pci_memory() handling for sleep confirm
Sleep confirm is a special command for which "adapter->cur_cmd" pointer
is not set. When it's response is received, host writes SLEEP confirm done
to a register. Firmware will perform DMA for writing sleep cookie signature
on same buffer after this.

Let's not immediately call mwifiex_unmap_pci_memory() for this special
command. Unmapping will be done when firmware completes writing sleep
cookie signature.

Signed-off-by: Amitkumar Karwar <akarwar@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
2017-01-28 09:10:03 +02:00
Serge Vasilugin
98e71f44c5 rt2x00: add support for RT5350 WiSoC
Support for the RT5350 WiSoC was added to OpenWrt after having a
lengthy debate about the legality of the original submission, see
https://lists.openwrt.org/pipermail/openwrt-devel/2013-January/018224.html
MTK/Ralink Acked replied and says we can merge this patch under the GPL.
https://dev.openwrt.org/changeset/36177

Signed-off-by: Serge Vasilugin <vasilugin@yandex.ru>
Tested-by: Michel Stempin <michel.stempin@wanadoo.fr>
Acked-by: John Crispin <blogic@openwrt.org>
[daniel@makrotopia.org: added commit message, cleaned up code]
Signed-off-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
Signed-off-by: Stanislaw Gruszka <sgruszka@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
2017-01-28 09:03:46 +02:00
Daniel Golle
5c4412e072 rt2x00: rt2800lib: add support for RT3352 with 20MHz crystal
On Rt3352 the driver needs to know the frequency of an external
crystal which can be either 40 MHz (as on all other WiSoCs until now)
or 20 MHz.
Get the clock attached by ramips WiSoC platform code which probes
SYSC_REG_SYSCFG (added by John Crispin in commit 6ac8579b96) and
introduce a new flag clk_is_20mhz in struct hw_mode_spec to make the
driver aware and use either 40 MHz or 20 MHz specific rf_vals on those
WiSoC platforms.
The introduced support for boards with a 20 MHz crystal is also needed
for RT5350.

Signed-off-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
Signed-off-by: Gabor Juhos <juhosg@openwrt.org>
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
Signed-off-by: Stanislaw Gruszka <sgruszka@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
2017-01-28 09:03:45 +02:00
Stanislaw Gruszka
34db70b92f rt2x00: add copy of clk for soc devices
Since clk_get() is not trivial add copy of clk pointer to rt2x00dev
for System On Chip devices and initialize it on probe routine.

Signed-off-by: Stanislaw Gruszka <sgruszka@redhat.com>
Acked-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
2017-01-28 09:03:45 +02:00
Rafał Miłecki
b3d75a81f0 brcmfmac: drop duplicated core selection from brcmf_pcie_attach
It was left after reworking PCIe reset in commit 07fe2e38c7
("brcmfmac: Reset PCIE devices after recognition.").

Cc: Hante Meuleman <meuleman@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
Acked-by: Arend van Spriel <arend.vanspriel@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
2017-01-28 08:34:40 +02:00
Waldemar Rymarkiewicz
f2593cb1b2 ath10k: Search SMBIOS for OEM board file extension
Board Data File (BDF) is loaded upon driver boot-up procedure. The right
board data file is identified, among others, by device and sybsystem ids.

The problem, however, can occur when the (default) board data file cannot
fulfill with the vendor requirements and it is necessary to use a different
board data file.

To solve the issue QCA uses SMBIOS type 0xF8 to store Board Data File Name
Extension to specify the extension/variant name. The driver will take the
extension suffix into consideration and will load the right (non-default)
board data file if necessary.

If it is unnecessary to use extension board data file, please leave the
SMBIOS field blank and default configuration will be used.

Example:
If a default board data file for a specific board is identified by a string
      "bus=pci,vendor=168c,device=003e,subsystem-vendor=1028,
       subsystem-device=0310"
then the OEM specific data file, if used, could be identified by variant
suffix:
      "bus=pci,vendor=168c,device=003e,subsystem-vendor=1028,
       subsystem-device=0310,variant=DE_1AB"

Signed-off-by: Waldemar Rymarkiewicz <ext.waldemar.rymarkiewicz@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-01-27 21:28:55 +02:00
Srinivas Kandagatla
1ad38fd719 ath10k: fix typo in addr calculation
CORE_CTRL_ADDRESS is offset in register address space, it does not
make sense to OR it to derive the final address. It looks like its
a typo, so fix it.
Signed-off-by: Srinivas Kandagatla <srinivas.kandagatla@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-01-27 20:03:31 +02:00
Srinivas Kandagatla
0de4df5ba2 ath10k: use dma_zalloc_coherent()
use dma_zalloc_coherent() instead of dma_alloc_coherent and memset().

Signed-off-by: Srinivas Kandagatla <srinivas.kandagatla@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-01-27 20:03:27 +02:00
Srinivas Kandagatla
dd51fa3d8a ath10k: remove multiple defines of DIAG_TRANSFER_LIMIT
DIAG_TRANSFER_LIMIT is redefined with same value and comments
just below this entry, remove this duplicate entry.

Signed-off-by: Srinivas Kandagatla <srinivas.kandagatla@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-01-27 20:03:23 +02:00
Maya Erez
78484c44e4 wil6210: convert symbolic permissions to octal permissions
Symbolic permissions are no longer recommended.
This patch changes the symbolic permissions in wil6210 driver
to octal permissions.

Signed-off-by: Maya Erez <qca_merez@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-01-27 19:50:03 +02:00
Lior David
c3bfea05a6 wil6210: option to override A-BFT length in start AP/PCP
Add an option to specify and override the A-BFT length when
starting an AP/PCP. See IEEE P802.11-2016, 10.38.5.
The abft_len must be set before starting AP/PCP. It is only
needed for diagnostics and certification.

Signed-off-by: Lior David <qca_liord@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Maya Erez <qca_merez@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-01-27 19:49:59 +02:00
Lior David
9d865ee232 wil6210: report association ID (AID) per station in debugfs
Add reporting of the association ID (AID) for each station
as part of the stations file in the debugfs.
Valid AID values are 1-254. 0 is reported if the AID
is unknown or not reported by firmware.

Signed-off-by: Lior David <qca_liord@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Maya Erez <qca_merez@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-01-27 19:49:55 +02:00
Lior David
a52fb913ae wil6210: align to latest auto generated wmi.h
Align to latest version of the auto generated wmi file
describing the interface with FW.

Signed-off-by: Lior David <qca_liord@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Maya Erez <qca_merez@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-01-27 19:49:51 +02:00
Lior David
a895cb8b99 wil6210: fix for broadcast workaround in PBSS
Currently we do not have full support for broadcast from
a station inside a PBSS network.
We have a workaround where instead of broadcast we do a
unicast to every known station in the PBSS.
This workaround was performed only for P2P clients.
This fix will perform the broadcast workaround also for a
regular station inside a PBSS.

Signed-off-by: Lior David <qca_liord@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Maya Erez <qca_merez@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-01-27 19:49:47 +02:00
Hamad Kadmany
3ee908dc3b wil6210: protect against false interrupt during reset sequence
During reset sequence it is seen that device is generating an
interrupt eventhough interrupts are masked at device level.

Add workaround to disable the interrupts from host side during
reset and clear any pending interrupts before re-enabling
the interrupt.

Signed-off-by: Hamad Kadmany <qca_hkadmany@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Maya Erez <qca_merez@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-01-27 19:49:43 +02:00
Lior David
4d4c4dc324 wil6210: missing reinit_completion in wmi_call
The code in wmi_call uses the wil->wmi_call completion
structure to wait for a reply.
In some scenarios, complete was called twice on the
completion structure. This happened mainly with a disconnect
event which can arrive both unsolicited and as a reply to
a disconnect request. In this case the completion structure
was left marked as "done" and the next wmi_call returned
immediately with a corrupted reply buffer. This caused
unexpected results including crashes.
Fix this by adding the missing call to reinit_completion.

Signed-off-by: Lior David <qca_liord@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Maya Erez <qca_merez@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-01-27 19:49:39 +02:00
Dedy Lansky
0d2370e939 wil6210: support new WMI-only FW capability
WMI_ONLY FW is used for testing in production. It cannot be used for
scan/connect, etc.
In case FW reports this capability, driver will not allow interface up.

Signed-off-by: Dedy Lansky <qca_dlansky@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Maya Erez <qca_merez@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-01-27 19:49:34 +02:00
Lazar Alexei
af3db60a30 wil6210: remove __func__ from debug printouts
__func__ is automatically added to printouts by dynamic debug
mechanism and by wil_info/wil_err macros.
Remove __func__ from debug printouts to avoid duplication.

Signed-off-by: Lazar Alexei <qca_ailizaro@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Maya Erez <qca_merez@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-01-27 19:49:30 +02:00
Lazar Alexei
a351f2f537 wil6210: support loading dedicated image for sparrow-plus devices
Driver may be used in platforms where some use sparrow cards while
other use sparrow-plus cards, where different FW image is needed.
Add the capability to load dedicated FW image in case sparrow-plus
card is detected and fallback to default image if such does not exist.

Signed-off-by: Lazar Alexei <qca_ailizaro@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Maya Erez <qca_merez@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-01-27 19:49:26 +02:00
Dedy Lansky
849a564b7e wil6210: add disable_ap_sme module parameter
By default, AP SME is handled by driver/FW.
In case disable_ap_sme is true, driver doesn't turn-on
WIPHY_FLAG_HAVE_AP_SME and the responsibility for
AP SME is passed to user space.

With AP SME disabled, driver reports assoc request frame
to user space which is then responsible for sending assoc
response frame and for sending NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION.
Driver also reports disassoc frame to user space
which should then send NL80211_CMD_DEL_STATION.

NL80211_CMD_SET_STATION with NL80211_STA_FLAG_AUTHORIZED
is used by user space to allow/disallow data transmit.

Signed-off-by: Dedy Lansky <qca_dlansky@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Maya Erez <qca_merez@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-01-27 19:49:22 +02:00
Edward Cree
9b41080125 sfc: insert catch-all filters for encapsulated traffic
8000 series adapters support filtering VXLAN, NVGRE and GENEVE traffic
 based on inner fields, and when the NIC recognises such traffic, it
 does not match unencapsulated traffic filters any more.  So add catch-
 all filters for encapsulated traffic on supporting platforms.
Although recognition of VXLAN and GENEVE is based on UDP ports, and thus
 will not occur until the driver (on the primary PF) notifies the
 firmware of UDP ports to use, NVGRE will always be recognised, hence
 without this patch 8000 series adapters will drop all NVGRE traffic.

Partly based on patches by Jon Cooper <jcooper@solarflare.com>.

Signed-off-by: Edward Cree <ecree@solarflare.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-01-27 11:59:31 -05:00
Jon Cooper
34e7aefb2a sfc: refactor debug-or-warnings printks
Rationalise several debug-or-warnings printks using netif_cond_dbg
 to make output more consistent.

Signed-off-by: Edward Cree <ecree@solarflare.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-01-27 11:59:31 -05:00
Jon Cooper
2d3d4ec016 sfc: fixes to filter restore handling
If the NIC is switched from full-featured to low-latency, encapsulated
 filters are no longer available, and this causes errors. This patch
 removes those filters from the filter table on restore.
Also, if filters which are removed by the above, or which we fail to
 insert when restoring filters, were UC, MC or broadcast default
 filters, invalidate the corresponding vlan->default_filters entry.

Signed-off-by: Edward Cree <ecree@solarflare.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-01-27 11:59:30 -05:00
Rafał Miłecki
0fc9ae1076 net: phy: broadcom: add support for BCM54210E
It's Broadcom PHY simply described as single-port
RGMII 10/100/1000BASE-T PHY. It requires disabling delay skew and GTXCLK
bits.

Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-01-27 11:29:18 -05:00
David S. Miller
a00ebc464d linux-can-next-for-4.11-20170124
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
 
 iQFHBAABCgAxFiEES2FAuYbJvAGobdVQPTuqJaypJWoFAliHTm8THG1rbEBwZW5n
 dXRyb25peC5kZQAKCRA9O6olrKklajYkB/wOJxby2DFi4ukCPyrTpXtkQWmXa6+M
 Wr/nY5PBg88JipQ+u3rl6bW9NMF3U3xtPO6I/ezfn1jfWOTg0jVIecEfqlW8JNAU
 275IOaiQ7jYgGEo+ALUAv2kSe7Fl8HQyaq+9ugMkWUTdv5Vjay1GZgCzyKZzjM8q
 8UOoB1YsXlB9f230HPMLeHcbGHqHCOpfNk9yWNcbd0Up6U7EweXtK4Pf/L8g+bL1
 0LR1QHRoUtmivuIi96KhB7O/+w8WuigWRy7qkfGpFescZQWOHzbwCVHlZ9ZYCOnJ
 eGEP8koksJuMg4OoEUCv0k2v3Txnfr8YNC5MvNdQ06YmoBWwQeamCozL
 =fBeU
 -----END PGP SIGNATURE-----

Merge tag 'linux-can-next-for-4.11-20170124' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/mkl/linux-can-next

Marc Kleine-Budde says:

====================
pull-request: can-next 2017-01-24

this is a pull request of 4 patches for net-next/master.

The first patch by Oliver Hartkopp adds a netlink API to configure the
interface termination of a CAN card. The next two patches are by me and
add a netlink API to query and configure CAN interfaces that only
support fixed bitrates. The last patch by Colin Ian King simplifies the
return path in the softing_cs driver's softingcs_probe() function.
====================

Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-01-27 11:19:29 -05:00
Sean Nyekjaer
9d162ed69f net: phy: micrel: add support for KSZ8795
This is adds support for the PHYs in the KSZ8795 5port managed switch.

It will allow to detect the link between the switch and the soc
and uses the same read_status functions as the KSZ8873MLL switch.

Signed-off-by: Sean Nyekjaer <sean.nyekjaer@prevas.dk>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-01-27 11:10:50 -05:00
Andreas Schultz
3ab1b469e8 gtp: fix cross netns recv on gtp socket
The use of the passed through netlink src_net to check for a
cross netns operation was wrong. Using the GTP socket and the
GTP netdevice is always correct (even if the netdev has been
moved to new netns after link creation).

Remove the now obsolete net field from gtp_dev.

Signed-off-by: Andreas Schultz <aschultz@tpip.net>
Acked-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-01-27 10:39:09 -05:00
Andreas Schultz
c6ce1d08ee gtp: clear DF bit on GTP packet tx
3GPP TS 29.281 and 3GPP TS 29.060 imply that GTP-U packets should be
sent with the DF bit cleared. For example 3GPP TS 29.060, Release 8,
Section 13.2.2:

> Backbone router: Any router in the backbone may fragment the GTP
> packet if needed, according to IPv4.

Signed-off-by: Andreas Schultz <aschultz@tpip.net>
Acked-by: Harald Welte <laforge@netfilter.org>
Acked-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-01-27 10:39:09 -05:00
Andreas Schultz
ab729823ec gtp: add genl family modules alias
Auto-load the module when userspace asks for the gtp netlink
family.

Signed-off-by: Andreas Schultz <aschultz@tpip.net>
Acked-by: Harald Welte <laforge@netfilter.org>
Acked-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-01-27 10:39:09 -05:00
Kazuya Mizuguchi
a47b70ea86 ravb: unmap descriptors when freeing rings
"swiotlb buffer is full" errors occur after repeated initialisation of a
device - f.e. suspend/resume or ip link set up/down. This is because memory
mapped using dma_map_single() in ravb_ring_format() and ravb_start_xmit()
is not released.  Resolve this problem by unmapping descriptors when
freeing rings.

Fixes: c156633f13 ("Renesas Ethernet AVB driver proper")
Signed-off-by: Kazuya Mizuguchi <kazuya.mizuguchi.ks@renesas.com>
[simon: reworked]
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <horms+renesas@verge.net.au>
Acked-by: Sergei Shtylyov <sergei.shtylyov@cogentembedded.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-01-26 18:41:05 -05:00
Florian Fainelli
55ed0ce089 net: dsa: Pass device pointer to dsa_register_switch
In preparation for allowing dsa_register_switch() to be supplied with
device/platform data, pass down a struct device pointer instead of a
struct device_node.

Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-01-26 15:43:52 -05:00
Satanand Burla
80c8eae6ee liquidio: Avoid accessing skb after submitting to input queue
Accessing skb after submitting to input queue can cause
access to stale pointers if the skb ends up being transmitted
and freed by that time.

Signed-off-by: Satanand Burla <satananda.burla@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: Derek Chickles <derek.chickles@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: Raghu Vatsavayi <raghu.vatsavayi@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: Felix Manlunas <felix.manlunas@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-01-26 15:42:18 -05:00
Sara Sharon
758c98e089 iwlwifi: mvm: cleanup redundant assignment
This set of station id is redundant - it is being initialised
above.

Signed-off-by: Sara Sharon <sara.sharon@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
2017-01-26 09:39:02 +02:00
Sara Sharon
cf90da352a iwlwifi: mvm: use mvm_disable_queue instead of sharing logic
When removing inactive queue - use the central disable queue
function. This is needed due to a000 changes to come, but is
a proper cleanup anyway.

Signed-off-by: Sara Sharon <sara.sharon@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
2017-01-26 09:39:02 +02:00
Luca Coelho
758d1a8a8a iwlwifi: mvm: mark ret as maybe_unused in iwl_dbgfs_fw_restart_write()
The value returned from iwl_mvm_send_cmd_pdu() in this function is not
used and always returns an error (which is the whole point of the
call).  Tag the ret variable with __maybe_unused to avoid this compile
warning when W=1 is used:

/home/luca/iwlwifi/stack-dev/drivers/net/wireless/intel/iwlwifi/mvm/debugfs.c: In function ‘iwl_dbgfs_fw_restart_write’:
/home/luca/iwlwifi/stack-dev/drivers/net/wireless/intel/iwlwifi/mvm/debugfs.c:875:6: warning: variable ‘ret’ set but not used [-Wunused-but-set-variable]
  int ret;
      ^

Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
2017-01-26 09:39:02 +02:00
Luca Coelho
a43ae1de13 iwlwifi: dvm: remove unused variable compiler warning in debugfs.c
When compiling with W=1, we get the following warning in debugfs.c:

/home/luca/iwlwifi/stack-dev/drivers/net/wireless/intel/iwlwifi/dvm/debugfs.c: In function ‘iwl_dbgfs_fw_restart_write’:
/home/luca/iwlwifi/stack-dev/drivers/net/wireless/intel/iwlwifi/dvm/debugfs.c:2313:6: warning: variable ‘ret’ set but not used [-Wunused-but-set-variable]
  int ret;
      ^

Fix it by ignoring the return value in this case.

Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
2017-01-26 09:39:01 +02:00
Luca Coelho
18c44b271b iwlwifi: mvm: remove unused sta_id variable in iwl_mvm_change_queue_owner()
Remove the sta_id variable, to avoid this compile warning when
compiling with W=1:

/home/luca/iwlwifi/stack-dev/drivers/net/wireless/intel/iwlwifi/mvm/sta.c: In function ‘iwl_mvm_change_queue_owner’:
/home/luca/iwlwifi/stack-dev/drivers/net/wireless/intel/iwlwifi/mvm/sta.c:871:5: warning: variable ‘sta_id’ set but not used [-Wunused-but-set-variable]
  s8 sta_id;
     ^

Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
2017-01-26 09:39:01 +02:00
Sara Sharon
727c02dfb8 iwlwifi: pcie: cleanup rfkill checks
Move repeating code to a separate function.

Signed-off-by: Sara Sharon <sara.sharon@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
2017-01-26 09:39:00 +02:00
Luca Coelho
ad04e088d4 iwlwifi: dvm: make rs_tl_get_load() return void
The return value from this function is never used, so make it return
void to avoid getting the following warning when compiling wiht W=1:

/home/luca/iwlwifi/stack-dev/drivers/net/wireless/intel/iwlwifi/dvm/rs.c: In function ‘rs_tl_turn_on_agg_for_tid’:
/home/luca/iwlwifi/stack-dev/drivers/net/wireless/intel/iwlwifi/dvm/rs.c:400:6: warning: variable ‘load’ set but not used [-Wunused-but-set-variable]
  u32 load;
      ^

Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
2017-01-26 09:39:00 +02:00
Kirtika Ruchandani
3ce4a03852 iwlwifi: pcie: trans: Remove unused 'shift_param'
shift_param is defined and set in iwl_pcie_load_cpu_sections but not
used. Fix this to avoid -Wunused-but-set-variable warning.

The code using it turned into dead code with commit dcab8ecd56
("iwlwifi: mvm: support ucode load for family_8000 B0 only") which
added a separate function iwl_pcie_load_given_ucode_8000 (then 8000b)
for IWL_DEVICE_FAMILY_8000. Commit 76f8c0e17e ("iwlwifi: pcie:
remove dead code") removed the dead code but left shift_param as is.

iwlwifi/pcie/trans.c: In function ‘iwl_pcie_load_cpu_sections’:
iwlwifi/pcie/trans.c:871:6: warning: variable ‘shift_param’ set but not used [-Wunused-but-set-variable]

Fixes: dcab8ecd56 ("iwlwifi: mvm: support ucode load for family_8000 B0 only")
Fixes: 76f8c0e17e ("iwlwifi: pcie: remove dead code")
Signed-off-by: Kirtika Ruchandani <kirtika@google.com>
Cc: Sara Sharon <sara.sharon@intel.com>
Cc: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
Cc: Liad Kaufman <liad.kaufman@intel.com>
Cc: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
[removed some unnecessary braces]
Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
2017-01-26 09:39:00 +02:00
Kirtika Ruchandani
9d50443575 iwlwifi: mvm: rs: Remove unused 'mcs' variable
Commit 5fc0f76c4 introduced Rx stats from debugfs, the function
iwl_mvm_reset_frame_stats from that commit defines and sets mcs but
does not use it. Compiling iwlwifi with W=1 gives this warning -

iwlwifi/mvm/rs.c: In function ‘iwl_mvm_update_frame_stats’:
iwlwifi/mvm/rs.c:3074:14: warning: variable ‘mcs’ set but not used [-Wunused-but-set-variable]

Fixes: 5fc0f76c43 (iwlwifi: mvm: add Rx frames statistics via debugfs)
Signed-off-by: Kirtika Ruchandani <kirtika@google.com>
Cc: Eyal Shapira <eyal@wizery.com>
Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
2017-01-26 09:38:59 +02:00
Kirtika Ruchandani
c94aace003 iwlwifi: mvm: rs: Remove unused 'mvmvif'/'mvmsta' variables
mvmvif is defined and set in rs_mimo_allow but not used. Compiling
iwlwifi with W=1 gives the following warning, remove it. mvmsta is
used only to obtain mvmvif so remove it as well.

iwlwifi/mvm/rs.c: In function 'rs_mimo_allow':
iwlwifi/mvm/rs.c:165:22: warning: variable 'mvmvif' set but not used.[-Wunused-but-set-variable]

This fix removes calls to iwl_mvm_sta_from_mac &
iwl_mvm_vif_from_mac. They are both accessors, and do not have any
side-effects.  Commit e621c2282e ("iwlwifi: rs: Remove workaround
that disables MIMO on P2P") removed a workaround that disabled MIMO on
P2P, 'mvmvif' was used for that workaround, but not removed with it.

Fixes: e621c2282e ("iwlwifi: rs: Remove workaround that disables MIMO on P2P")
Signed-off-by: Kirtika Ruchandani <kirtika@google.com>
Cc: Alexander Bondar <alexander.bondar@intel.com>
Cc: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
2017-01-26 09:38:59 +02:00
Luca Coelho
7b1be5ad26 iwlwifi: mvm: remove unused variable in iwl_mvm_handle_statistics()
The temperature variable is set but not used in
iwl_mvm_handle_statistics().  Remove it to avoid the following
compiler warning when W=1 is used:

/home/luca/iwlwifi/stack-dev/drivers/net/wireless/intel/iwlwifi/mvm/rx.c: In function ‘iwl_mvm_handle_rx_statistics’:
/home/luca/iwlwifi/stack-dev/drivers/net/wireless/intel/iwlwifi/mvm/rx.c:759:6: warning: variable ‘temperature’ set but not used [-Wunused-but-set-variable]
  u32 temperature;
      ^

Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
2017-01-26 09:38:58 +02:00
Jürg Billeter
d8320d75b5 iwlwifi: fix MODULE_FIRMWARE for 6030
IWL6000G2B_UCODE_API_MAX is not defined. ucode_api_max of
IWL_DEVICE_6030 uses IWL6000G2_UCODE_API_MAX. Use this also for
MODULE_FIRMWARE.

Fixes: 9d9b21d1b6 ("iwlwifi: remove IWL_*_UCODE_API_OK")
Signed-off-by: Jürg Billeter <j@bitron.ch>
Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
2017-01-26 09:38:58 +02:00
Sara Sharon
34118c25a9 iwlwifi: mvm: support version 2 of stored beacon notification
For 9000 devices withg upload, FW cannot send the entire phy
flags, and will send only the band - which is what we really
care about anyway. Change is backward compatible.

Signed-off-by: Sara Sharon <sara.sharon@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
2017-01-26 09:38:58 +02:00
Sara Sharon
5ec295dbbd iwlwifi: mvm: separate rate calculation to a new function
In preparation for the new TX cmd - move the rate calculation
to a diffrent function, and make it independent of the TX
command.

Signed-off-by: Sara Sharon <sara.sharon@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
2017-01-26 09:38:57 +02:00
Sara Sharon
b86dd74f8c iwlwifi: mvm: change iwl_mvm_tx_csum to return value
Currently the function changes the TX cmd itself.
Make it more generic by returning a value, as preperation
to the new TX cmd.

Signed-off-by: Sara Sharon <sara.sharon@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
2017-01-26 09:38:57 +02:00
Sara Sharon
eef187a7b8 iwlwifi: enlarge number of ucode sections
The maximum number of firmware sections is now 32 instead of 16 for
a000 devices. Set the appropriate define.  Avoid out of bounds access
in case there are more sections than the maximum set by driver.

Make the driver extensible to FW size changes by allocating the
section memory dynamically.

Signed-off-by: Sara Sharon <sara.sharon@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
2017-01-26 09:38:57 +02:00
Sara Sharon
850fe9af62 iwlwifi: mvm: replace the number of blocks calculation
The logic in the paging calculations is a bit hard to
follow. Replace it with a kernel define.

Signed-off-by: Sara Sharon <sara.sharon@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
2017-01-26 09:38:56 +02:00
Sara Sharon
08d785fd80 iwlwifi: mvm: simplify paging allocation code
Some of the code there is duplicate while the only change is
the block size. Unifying it shortens the code and make the
difference clearer.

Signed-off-by: Sara Sharon <sara.sharon@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
2017-01-26 09:38:56 +02:00
Luca Coelho
5d81fbd5df iwlwifi: mvm: bump max API to 28
We skipped one release, so bump twice, to 28.

Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
2017-01-26 09:38:55 +02:00
Johannes Berg
c2e27e16f2 iwlwifi: mvm: properly check for transport data in dump
When copying from vmalloc'ed memory to the SG list, don't crash
if the transport didn't provide any data.

Fixes: 7e62a699aa ("iwlwifi: mvm: use dev_coredumpsg()")
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
2017-01-26 09:38:55 +02:00
Johannes Berg
5bdaa0ef77 iwlwifi: allow memory debug TLV to specify the memory type
Due to some new features and changes, the firmware file will now
specify what type of memory to dump, in upper 8 bits of the type
field of the TLV. Parse it (types we don't understand are errors)
and teach the code to dump periphery memory.

Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
2017-01-26 09:38:27 +02:00
Rafał Miłecki
8293c7bcde net: phy: broadcom: drop duplicated define for RGMII SKEW delay
We had two defines for the same bit (both were used with the
MII_BCM54XX_AUXCTL_SHDWSEL_MISC register).

Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-01-25 23:13:44 -05:00
Rafał Miłecki
85b4685da5 net: phy: broadcom: use auxctl reading helper in BCM54612E code
Starting with commit 5b4e290051 ("net: phy: broadcom: add
bcm54xx_auxctl_read") we have a reading helper so use it and avoid code
duplication.
It also means we don't need MII_BCM54XX_AUXCTL_SHDWSEL_MISC define as
it's the same as MII_BCM54XX_AUXCTL_SHDWSEL_MISC just for reading needs
(same value shifted by 12 bits).

Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-01-25 23:13:44 -05:00
Jakub Kicinski
529ec6ac26 virtio_net: reject XDP programs using header adjustment
commit 17bedab272 ("bpf: xdp: Allow head adjustment in XDP prog")
added a new XDP helper to prepend and remove data from a frame.
Make virtio_net reject programs making use of this helper until
proper support is added.

Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Acked-by: John Fastabend <john.r.fastabend@intel.com>
Acked-by: Jason Wang <jasowang@redhat.com>
Acked-by: Michael S. Tsirkin <mst@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-01-25 22:48:40 -05:00
John Fastabend
b68df01560 virtio_net: use dev_kfree_skb for small buffer XDP receive
In the small buffer case during driver unload we currently use
put_page instead of dev_kfree_skb. Resolve this by adding a check
for virtnet mode when checking XDP queue type. Also name the
function so that the code reads correctly to match the additional
check.

Fixes: bb91accf27 ("virtio-net: XDP support for small buffers")
Signed-off-by: John Fastabend <john.r.fastabend@intel.com>
Acked-by: Jason Wang <jasowang@redhat.com>
Acked-by: Michael S. Tsirkin <mst@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-01-25 22:48:17 -05:00
hayeswang
7489bdadb7 r8152: check rx after napi is enabled
Schedule the napi after napi_enable() for rx, if it is necessary.

If the rx is completed when napi is disabled, the sheduling of napi
would be lost. Then, no one handles the rx packet until next napi
is scheduled.

Signed-off-by: Hayes Wang <hayeswang@realtek.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-01-25 22:47:30 -05:00